MICHIGAN TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
POS AMI, 1995-11-30
Previous: MINNESOTA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO, POS AMI, 1995-11-30
Next: NEW YORK LIMITED MATURITY TAX FREE PORTFOLIO, N-30D, 1995-11-30



<PAGE>

        
     As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 30, 1995
         
                                                               File No. 811-7192



                          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                                WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                      FORM N-1A


                                REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                        UNDER
                          THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940     X

                                AMENDMENT NO.    3                       X

                             MICHIGAN TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                  (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)



                                  24 Federal Street
                             Boston, Massachusetts 02110
                                                         
                       (Address of Principal Executive Offices)

          Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code: (617) 482-8260
                                                        
      


                                 H. Day Brigham, Jr.
                  24 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts     02110
                                                               
                       (Name and Address of Agent for Service)
        
         
<PAGE>






                                  EXPLANATORY NOTE

              This Registration  Statement, as  amended, has  been filed  by the
     Registrant pursuant to Section 8(b) of the  Investment Company Act of 1940.
     However, interests in  the Registrant have  not been  registered under  the
     Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended  (the  "1933  Act"),  because  such
     interests will be issued solely  in private placement transactions  that do
     not involve  any "public offering"  within the meaning  of Section  4(2) of
     the 1933  Act.    Investments  in  the  Registrant  may  be  made  only  by
     investment  companies,  common  or  commingled  trust   funds,  or  similar
     organizations  or  entities  that are  "accredited  investors"  within  the
     meaning of Regulation D  under the 1933 Act.   This Registration Statement,
     as amended, does  not constitute an offer  to sell, or the  solicitation of
     an offer to buy, any interest in the Registrant.    
<PAGE>






                                       PART A 

              Responses  to Items 1 through 3  and 5A have been omitted pursuant
     to Paragraph 4 of Instruction F of the General Instructions to Form N-1A.

     Item 4.  General Description of Registrant

              Michigan Tax Free Portfolio  (effective December 1, 1995, Michigan
     Municipals Portfolio)  (the  "Portfolio")  is a  non-diversified,  open-end
     management investment  company which  was organized  as a  trust under  the
     laws of the State  of New York on May 1, 1992.   Interests in the Portfolio
     are issued solely  in private placement  transactions that  do not  involve
     any "public offering"  within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Securities
     Act of  1933, as amended  (the "1933 Act").   Investments in the  Portfolio
     may  be made  only by  U.S.  and foreign  investment  companies, common  or
     commingled  trust  funds, or  similar  organizations or  entities  that are
     "accredited investors"  within the meaning  of Regulation D  under the 1933
     Act.   This  Registration  Statement, as  amended,  does not  constitute an
     offer to  sell, or  the solicitation  of an  offer to  buy, any  "security"
     within the meaning of the 1933 Act.    

              The Portfolio's investment objective  is to provide current income
     exempt from regular federal  income tax and Michigan State  and City income
     and  single  business  taxes in  the  form  of  an  investment exempt  from
     Michigan intangibles tax.   The Portfolio  currently seeks  to achieve  its
     objective by  investing primarily  in Michigan  tax-exempt obligations  (as
     defined below) that are rated at least  investment grade by a major  rating
     agency or, if  unrated, are determined to  be of at least  investment grade
     quality by the Portfolio's investment adviser.    

              Additional  information  about  the  investment  policies  of  the
     Portfolio  appears  in Part  B.   The  Portfolio is  not  intended to  be a
     complete  investment program, and a  prospective investor  should take into
     account its objectives and  other investments when considering the purchase
     of an interest in the Portfolio.   The Portfolio cannot assure  achievement
     of its investment objective.

     How the Portfolio Invests its Assets 

              The Portfolio currently seeks  to achieve its investment objective
     by  investing at  least 80%  of its  net  assets during  periods of  normal
     market conditions in debt obligations issued by  or on behalf of the  State
     of Michigan and its political  subdivisions, and the governments  of Puerto
     Rico, the  U.S. Virgin Islands  and Guam, the  interest on which is  exempt
     from  regular federal income  tax, is not a  tax preference  item under the
     federal alternative  minimum tax,  and is  exempt from  Michigan State  and
     City income  and single business  taxes, and the  value of and interest  on
     which  are  exempt  from Michigan  intangibles  tax  ("Michigan  tax-exempt
     obligations").    The foregoing  policy  is  a  fundamental  policy of  the
     Portfolio, which  may not  be changed unless  authorized by  a vote of  the
     investors in the Portfolio.   Proposed changes to the foregoing  policy are
     described below.    

                                         A-1
<PAGE>






              At  least 70%  of  the  Portfolio's net  assets will  normally  be
     invested in  obligations rated at  least investment  grade at  the time  of
     investment (which  are  those rated  Baa  or  higher by  Moody's  Investors
     Service, Inc.  ("Moody's") or  BBB or  higher by either  Standard &  Poor's
     ("S&P")  or  Fitch  Investors  Service,  Inc.  ("Fitch")) or,  if  unrated,
     determined by  the Portfolio's  investment adviser,  Boston Management  and
     Research (the  "Investment Adviser" or "BMR"), to be of at least investment
     grade quality.   The Portfolio  may invest up  to 30% of its  net assets in
     Michigan  obligations (as defined below)  rated below investment grade (but
     not  lower  than  B  by  Moody's,  S&P  or   Fitch)  and  unrated  Michigan
     obligations  considered  to  be of  comparable  quality  by  the Investment
     Adviser.   Michigan  obligations rated  Baa  or  BBB may  have  speculative
     characteristics.     Also,  changes   in  economic   conditions  or   other
     circumstances  are more  likely  to lead  to  a weakened  capacity  to make
     principal  and  interest   payments  than  in  the  case  of  higher  rated
     obligations.   Securities  rated below  BBB or  Baa are  commonly known  as
     "junk bonds".  See  "Credit Quality - Risks."  The Portfolio  may retain an
     obligation  whose  rating drops  below  B  after  its  acquisition if  such
     retention is  considered desirable by  the Portfolio's Investment  Adviser.
     See  "Risk Considerations".    For a  description  of municipal  obligation
     ratings, see the Appendix to Part B.    

              On or  about December  8, 1995, a  proposal will  be submitted  to
     investors in  the  Portfolio that  would  permit  the Portfolio  to  invest
     without limit  in obligations  the interest on  which is  a tax  preference
     item  under the  federal  alternative  minimum tax.    If the  proposal  is
     approved, the  Portfolio will seek  to achieve its  investment objective by
     investing at least  80% of its net  assets during periods of  normal market
     conditions in municipal obligations, the  interest on which is  exempt from
     regular federal income  tax and Michigan State  and City income  and single
     business  taxes, and the  value of  and interest  on which are  exempt from
     Michigan  intangibles tax.   If  the proposal  is approved, the  new policy
     will be effective immediately.  If the proposal is approved,  the Portfolio
     will be  permitted to invest  in municipal  obligations of any  issuer, but
     will continue  to invest at  least 65% of  its total assets in  obligations
     issued by the  State of Michigan or  its political subdivisions.   Also, in
     connection  with the  proposal,  the Portfolio's  name  will be  changed to
     "Michigan Municipals Portfolio" effective December 1, 1995.    

              Michigan Obligations.    Municipal obligations  eligible  for  the
     exemption from Michigan  State and City  income and  single business  taxes
     and  Michigan intangibles  tax ("Michigan  obligations")  are issued  for a
     wide  variety  of  both  public  and  private  purposes.    Public  purpose
     municipal  bonds  include  general  obligation  bonds  and  revenue  bonds.
     General obligation bonds  are backed  by the  taxing power  of the  issuing
     municipality.  Revenue bonds  are backed  by the revenues  of a project  or
     facility.     Municipal  notes   include  bond   anticipation  notes,   tax
     anticipation notes, and  revenue anticipation notes.  Bond, tax and revenue
     anticipation  notes are  short-term obligations  that will  be retired with
     the proceeds  of  an  anticipated  bond  issue,  tax  revenue  or  facility
     revenue, respectively.   Under normal market conditions, the Portfolio will
     invest  at least 65% of its total assets in obligations issued by the State

                                         A-2
<PAGE>






     of Michigan or its political subdivisions.      

              The Portfolio currently  may not invest more  than 20% of its  net
     assets in obligations the interest on which is a tax preference item  under
     the federal  alternative minimum tax  and in obligations  that pay interest
     subject to  regular  federal income  tax  and/or  Michigan State  and  City
     income and single business taxes and Michigan intangibles tax.  As at  July
     31,  1995, the  Portfolio  had invested  5.6%  of its  net  assets in  such
     obligations.   Distributions  to corporate  investors  of certain  interest
     income may be subject to the federal alternative minimum tax.      

              Concentration in Michigan Issuers    Risks.  Because the Portfolio
     will normally invest at  least 65%  of its total  assets in obligations  of
     Michigan issuers, it  is more  susceptible to  factors adversely  affecting
     such issuers than mutual  funds that do not concentrate in  the obligations
     of issuers located in a single State.  Municipal obligations of issuers  in
     a single State  may be adversely  effected by economic developments  and by
     legislation and  other  governmental activities  in  that  State.   To  the
     extent  that   the  Portfolio's  assets   are  concentrated  in   municipal
     obligations of issuers of  a single State, the Portfolio may be  subject to
     an increased risk of loss.    

              Michigan has long  had a large representation in and  is dominated
     by the  automobile industry and  related industries  and tends  to be  more
     vulnerable to economic cycles than other states and the nation as a  whole.
     As of  August 1995, Michigan's unemployment  rate was 5.1%, as  compared to
     the  national  rate  of 5.6%.    In  March 1994,  Michigan  voters approved
     changes to the tax system resulting in, among other things, an increase  in
     the  sales tax rate, a reduction in the income tax rate and the creation of
     a statewide property tax.    

              Michigan's  general obligation  debt is  rated A1,  AA and  AA, by
     Moody's, S&P and Fitch, respectively.

              Michigan obligations also include  obligations of the  governments
     of  Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands  and Guam to the extent that these
     obligations  are exempt  from  Michigan State  and  City income  and single
     business  taxes and Michigan intangibles tax.   The Portfolio may invest up
     to 5% of its  net assets in obligations  issued by the governments  of each
     of the U.S. Virgin  Islands and Guam, and may invest  up to 35% of its  net
     assets  in  obligations issued  by  the government  of  Puerto  Rico.   The
     economy of  Puerto  Rico is  dominated  by  the manufacturing  and  service
     sectors.  Although the economy  of Puerto Rico expanded  significantly from
     fiscal 1984  through fiscal 1990, the rate  of this expansion slowed during
     fiscal years  1991, 1992 and  1993.  Growth  in fiscal 1994  will depend on
     several factors, including the state of  the U.S. economy and the  relative
     stability in  the price of  oil, the exchange  rate of the U.S.  dollar and
     the cost  of borrowing.   Although  the Puerto Rico  unemployment rate  has
     declined substantially  since  1985, the  seasonally adjusted  unemployment
     rate for June 1995 was approximately 13.9%.   The North American Free Trade
     Agreement ("NAFTA"), which  became effective January 1, 1994, could lead to
     the  loss  of Puerto  Rico's  lower salaried  or  labor  intensive jobs  to

                                         A-3
<PAGE>






     Mexico.    

              S&P rates  Puerto Rico  general obligation  debt A,  while Moody's
     rates it  Baa1; these  ratings  have been  in place  since 1956  and  1976,
     respectively.  Reliance on nonrecurring revenues and economic weakness  led
     S&P to change its outlook from stable to negative.    

              In addition,  the Portfolio may invest  25% or more of  its assets
     in Michigan  obligations of  the same type,  including, without limitation,
     the following:   lease rental  obligations of State  and local authorities;
     obligations  of State  and  local  housing finance  authorities,  municipal
     utilities systems or public housing authorities;  obligations for hospitals
     or  life care  facilities; or  industrial development  or pollution control
     bonds  issued  for   electric  utility  systems,  steel   companies,  paper
     companies or other purposes.  This may  make the Portfolio more susceptible
     to  adverse economic,  political,  or  regulatory occurrences  affecting  a
     particular category  of issuer.   For example, health care-related  issuers
     are susceptible to medicaid reimbursement policies, and national  and state
     health care legislation.   As the  Portfolio's concentration increases,  so
     does the potential for fluctuation in the value of its interests.    

              Non-Diversified Status.   The Portfolio's classification under the
     Investment Company  Act of  1940 (the  "1940 Act")  as a  "non-diversified"
     investment company allows it  to invest, with respect to 50% of its assets,
     more than 5%  (but not more  than 25%) of its  assets in the securities  of
     any  issuer.  The Portfolio is likely to invest a greater percentage of its
     assets in the securities  of a single issuer than would a diversified fund.
     Therefore, the  Portfolio would be  more susceptible to  any single adverse
     economic  or  political  occurrence or  development  affecting  issuers  of
     Michigan obligations.    

        Other Investment Practices    

              The Portfolio  may engage  in the following  investment practices,
     some  of  which  may be  considered  to  involve  "derivative"  instruments
     because  they  derive  their  value from  another  instrument,  security or
     index.  In addition, the Portfolio  may temporarily borrow up to 5%  of the
     value of  its  total  assets  to  satisfy  redemption  requests  or  settle
     securities transactions.    

              When-Issued Securities.  The  Portfolio may purchase securities on
     a "when-issued"  basis, which means  that payment and  delivery occur on  a
     future  settlement  date.   The  price  and yield  of  such securities  are
     generally  fixed on  the  date of  commitment to  purchase.   However,  the
     market value  of the securities  may fluctuate  prior to delivery  and upon
     delivery  the  securities may  be  worth more  or  less than  the Portfolio
     agreed to pay for  them.  The Portfolio may also purchase  instruments that
     give it the option to purchase a municipal obligation when and if issued.
         

              Inverse  Floaters.     The  Portfolio  may   invest  in  municipal
     securities  whose interest  rates  bear  an  inverse  relationship  to  the

                                         A-4
<PAGE>






     interest rate  on  another security  or  the value  of an  index  ("inverse
     floaters").  An  investment in inverse  floaters may  involve greater  risk
     than an investment in a  fixed rate bond.  Because changes  in the interest
     rate on the other security or index  inversely affect the residual interest
     paid on the inverse  floater, the value of an inverse floater  is generally
     more  volatile than  that  of a  fixed rate  bond.   Inverse  floaters have
     interest  rate adjustment  formulas  which  generally  reduce  or,  in  the
     extreme,  eliminate the  interest  paid to  the  Portfolio when  short-term
     interest rates rise, and  increase the interest paid to the  Portfolio when
     short-term interest rates fall.   Inverse floaters have varying  degrees of
     liquidity, and  the  market for  these  securities  is new  and  relatively
     volatile.   These securities tend to underperform the market for fixed rate
     bonds  in a rising  interest rate environment,  but tend  to outperform the
     market for fixed rate  bonds when interest rates decline.  Shifts  in long-
     term interest rates  may, however, alter this tendency.  Although volatile,
     inverse floaters  typically offer  the potential for  yields exceeding  the
     yields available on  fixed rate bonds  with comparable  credit quality  and
     maturity.   These securities  usually permit  the investor  to convert  the
     floating rate  to  a fixed  rate  (normally  adjusted downward),  and  this
     optional conversion  feature may  provide a  partial  hedge against  rising
     rates if exercised  at an opportune time.   Inverse floaters are  leveraged
     because they provide two or more dollars of bond market exposure for  every
     dollar  invested.  As a matter of operating policy, the Portfolio currently
     may invest up to 7.5% of its net assets in inverse floaters.    

              Futures  Transactions.    The  Portfolio  may  purchase  and  sell
     various kinds of financial futures  contracts and options thereon  to hedge
     against changes in  interest rates.  The futures  contracts may be based on
     various debt  securities (such as  U.S. Government securities),  securities
     indices (such as  the Municipal Bond Index  traded on the Chicago  Board of
     Trade)  and  other financial  instruments and  indices.   Such transactions
     involve  a  risk of  loss  or  depreciation  due  to unanticipated  adverse
     changes  in securities  prices, which  may  exceed the  Portfolio's initial
     investment in these  contracts.   The Portfolio  may not  purchase or  sell
     futures contracts or related options,  except for closing purchase  or sale
     transactions, if immediately  thereafter the sum  of the  amount of  margin
     deposits and premiums  paid on the Portfolio's  outstanding positions would
     exceed  5% of  the  market value  of  the Portfolio's  net  assets.   These
     transactions involve transaction  costs.  There  can be  no assurance  that
     the  Investment  Adviser's use  of  futures  will  be  advantageous to  the
     Portfolio.    

              Insured Obligations.   The Portfolio may  purchase municipal bonds
     that  are additionally  secured by  insurance, bank  credit agreements,  or
     escrow accounts.    The credit  quality  of  companies which  provide  such
     credit enhancements  will affect the  value of those  securities.  Although
     the  insurance feature  reduces certain financial  risks, the  premiums for
     insurance and  the higher  market price  paid for  insured obligations  may
     reduce current yield.  Insurance  generally will be obtained  from insurers
     with a claims-paying ability rated Aaa  by Moody's or AAA by S&P  or Fitch.
     The  insurance  does   not  guarantee  the  market  value  of  the  insured
     obligations or the net asset value of the Portfolio's interests.    

                                         A-5
<PAGE>






        Risk Considerations    

                 Many Michigan  obligations offering  current income are  in the
     lowest investment grade category  (Baa or BBB), lower categories or  may be
     unrated.   As  indicated  above,  the  Portfolio  may  invest  in  Michigan
     obligations rated below investment grade (but not lower than B by  Moody's,
     S&P or  Fitch) and comparable  unrated obligations.   The lowest investment
     grade, lower  rated and  comparable unrated  Michigan obligations in  which
     the  Portfolio may invest will  have speculative characteristics in varying
     degrees.   While  such  obligations may  have  some quality  and protective
     characteristics, these  characteristics can  be expected  to  be offset  or
     outweighed by uncertainties or major risk  exposures to adverse conditions.
     Lower rated and  comparable unrated Michigan obligations are subject to the
     risk of an issuer's  inability to meet principal  and interest payments  on
     the obligations  (credit risk)  and may  also be subject  to greater  price
     volatility  due to  such  factors  as  interest  rate  sensitivity,  market
     perception  of  the  creditworthiness of  the  issuer  and  general  market
     liquidity (market risk).  Lower  rated or unrated Michigan  obligations are
     also  more likely  to  react to  real  or perceived  developments affecting
     market and credit risk than are more  highly rated obligations, which react
     primarily  to  movements in  the  general  level of  interest  rates.   The
     Investment Adviser  seeks  to minimize  the  risks  of investing  in  below
     investment grade securities  through professional  investment analysis  and
     attention  to   current  developments  in   interest  rates  and   economic
     conditions.   When  the  Portfolio  invests  in  lower  rated  and  unrated
     Michigan  obligations, the  achievement of  the Portfolio's  goals is  more
     dependent on  the Investment  Adviser's ability than  would be the  case if
     the Portfolio were investing in  Michigan obligations in the  higher rating
     categories.    

              The Portfolio  may retain  defaulted obligations in  its portfolio
     when such retention is considered desirable by the  Investment Adviser.  In
     the case  of a  defaulted obligation,  the Portfolio  may incur  additional
     expense seeking recovery of its  investment.  Michigan obligations  held by
     the  Portfolio  which   are  rated  below  investment  grade,   but  which,
     subsequent to the assignment of  such rating, are backed by escrow accounts
     containing  U.S.   Government  obligations,  may   be  determined  by   the
     Investment  Adviser to be  of investment grade quality  for purposes of the
     Portfolio's  investment  policies.    The  Portfolio   may  retain  in  its
     portfolio an obligation whose rating  drops below B after  its acquisition,
     if such  retention  is  considered  desirable by  the  Investment  Adviser;
     provided, however,  that holdings  of obligations  rated below  Baa or  BBB
     will not  exceed  35% of  net  assets.   In  the  event  the rating  of  an
     obligation held  by the Portfolio  is downgraded, causing  the Portfolio to
     exceed this limitation,  the Investment Adviser will (in an orderly fashion
     within  a reasonable  period of  time) dispose  of  such obligations  as it
     deems necessary in  order to comply  with its  credit quality  limitations.
     For a description of municipal obligation ratings, see Part B.    

              The  net asset value  of the Portfolio's interests  will change in
     response to  fluctuations in prevailing  interest rates and  changes in the
     value  of  the securities  held  by the  Portfolio.    When interest  rates

                                         A-6
<PAGE>






     decline, the value  of securities held by the  Portfolio can be expected to
     rise.   Conversely, when interest rates  rise, the value  of most portfolio
     security  holdings can  be  expected to  decline.   Changes  in  the credit
     quality of the issuers  of Michigan obligations held by the  Portfolio will
     affect the  principal value  of (and  possibly the  income earned on)  such
     obligations.  In  addition, the values  of such securities are  affected by
     changes in  general economic conditions  and business conditions  affecting
     the specific industries  of their issuers.   Changes  by recognized  rating
     services  in their ratings of  a security and in the  ability of the issuer
     to make payments of  principal and  interest may also  affect the value  of
     the  Portfolio's  investments.     The  amount  of  information  about  the
     financial condition of  an issuer  of Michigan  obligations may  not be  as
     extensive  as  that made  available  by corporations  whose  securities are
     publicly traded.   An  investment in the  Portfolio will  not constitute  a
     complete investment program.    

              At times, a  substantial portion of the Portfolio's assets  may be
     invested in securities  as to which  the Portfolio,  by itself or  together
     with other accounts managed by  the Investment Adviser and  its affiliates,
     holds a major portion or  all of such securities.  Under adverse  market or
     economic  conditions or  in the event  of adverse changes  in the financial
     condition  of the  issuer, the  Portfolio could  find it  more difficult to
     sell such securities when the  Investment Adviser believes it  advisable to
     do  so or may be able to sell such  securities only at prices lower than if
     such securities were more  widely held.  Under  such circumstances, it  may
     also be more difficult  to determine the fair value of such  securities for
     purposes of computing the Portfolio's net asset value.    

              The  secondary  market for  some  Michigan  obligations (including
     issues that are  privately placed with the  Portfolio) is less  liquid than
     that for taxable  debt obligations or  other more  widely traded  municipal
     obligations.  The Portfolio will not invest in  illiquid securities if more
     than 15%  of  its assets  would  be invested  in  securities that  are  not
     readily marketable.   No established resale  market exists  for certain  of
     the  Michigan obligations in  which the Portfolio  may invest.   The market
     for obligations  rated below  investment grade is  also likely  to be  less
     liquid  than the market  for higher  rated obligations.   As a  result, the
     Portfolio  may be unable to dispose  of these Michigan obligations at times
     when  it would otherwise  wish to  do so  at the prices  at which  they are
     valued.    

              Certain securities held by the Portfolio may permit the issuer  at
     its option  to "call", or  redeem, its  securities.  If  an issuer were  to
     redeem securities  held  by  the  Portfolio  during  a  time  of  declining
     interest rates, the Portfolio may not be  able to reinvest the proceeds  in
     securities  providing  the   same  investment  return  as   the  securities
     redeemed.    

              Some of the securities in which the Portfolio invests may  include
     so-called  "zero-coupon"  bonds,  whose  values  are   subject  to  greater
     fluctuation in  response to  changes in  market interest  rates than  bonds
     that  pay  interest  currently.     Zero-coupon  bonds  are  issued   at  a

                                         A-7
<PAGE>






     significant discount  from face  value and  pay interest  only at  maturity
     rather than at  intervals during the life  of the security.   The Portfolio
     is required to  accrue and distribute  income from zero-coupon  bonds on  a
     current basis,  even though it  does not receive  that income currently  in
     cash.   Thus, the Portfolio  may have to  sell other investments to  obtain
     cash needed to make income distributions.    

              The Portfolio  may invest in municipal  leases, and participations
     in municipal leases.   The obligation of the issuer to meet its obligations
     under such leases is often subject to the  appropriation by the appropriate
     legislative body, on an  annual or other basis, of funds for the payment of
     the obligations.  Investments  in municipal leases are thus  subject to the
     risk that  the legislative body  will not make  the necessary appropriation
     and  the  issuer  will  not otherwise  be  willing  or  able  to  meet  its
     obligation.    

              The   Portfolio  has   adopted   certain   fundamental  investment
              restrictions  which are enumerated  in detail in Part  B and which
              may not  be changed unless authorized by an investor vote.  Except
              for  such enumerated  restrictions and  as otherwise  indicated in
              this  Part  A,  the  investment  objective  and  policies  of  the
              Portfolio  are not  fundamental  policies and  accordingly  may be
              changed by  the Trustees of  the Portfolio  without obtaining  the
              approval of the investors  in the Portfolio.  If any  changes were
              made in the Portfolio's  investment objective, the Portfolio might
              have investment  objectives different  from the objective  that an
              investor considered  appropriate at  the time the  investor became
              an interestholder in the Portfolio.     

     Item 5.  Management of the Portfolio

              The Portfolio is organized as  a trust under the laws of the State
     of New York.  The Portfolio intends  to comply with all applicable  federal
     and state securities laws.    

              Investment  Adviser.   The Portfolio  engages BMR,  a wholly-owned
     subsidiary  of Eaton Vance  Management ("Eaton  Vance"), as  its investment
     adviser.   Eaton Vance, its  affiliates and its  predecessor companies have
     been  managing  assets  of individuals  and  institutions  since  1924  and
     managing investment companies since 1931.

              Acting under  the general  supervision of the  Board of  Trustees,
     BMR manages the Portfolio's investments  and affairs and furnishes  for the
     use of  the Portfolio  office space  and all  necessary office  facilities,
     equipment and  personnel for  servicing the  investments of  the Portfolio.
     Under its investment  advisory agreement with the Portfolio, BMR receives a
     monthly advisory fee equal to the aggregate of:    

              (a)     a daily  asset-based fee computed  by applying the  annual
                      asset rate  applicable to that portion  of the total daily
                      net assets in each Category as indicated below, plus


                                         A-8
<PAGE>






              (b)     a daily  income-based fee computed  by applying the  daily
                      income rate applicable  to that portion of the total daily
                      gross   income  (which   portion  shall   bear  the   same
                      relationship to the total  daily gross income on such  day
                      as that portion of the total daily net assets  in the same
                      Category bears to  the total daily net assets on such day)
                      in each Category as indicated below:

     <TABLE>
     <CAPTION>
                                                                 Annual  Daily
                                                                 Asset   Income
     Category         Daily Net Assets                           Rate    Rate
     ________         ________________                           ______  ______
     <S>              <C>                                        <C>     <C>
     1                Up to $20 million                          0.100%  1.00%
     2                $20 million but less than $40 million      0.200%  2.00%
     3                $40 million but less than $500 million     0.300%  3.00%
     4                $500 million but less than $1 billion      0.275%  2.75%
     5                $1 billion but less than $1.5 billion      0.250%  2.50%
     6                $1.5 billion but less than $2 billion      0.225%  2.25%
     7                $2 billion but less than $3 billion        0.200%  2.00%
     8                $3 billion and over                        0.175%  1.75%

     </TABLE>

              As  at   July  31,  1995,   the  Portfolio  had   net  assets   of
     $191,262,981.  For the fiscal year ended July 31, 1995, the Portfolio  paid
     BMR advisory  fees equivalent to 0.44% of the Portfolio's average daily net
     assets for such year.      

              The  Portfolio  is responsible  for the  payment  of  all expenses
     other  than  those  expressly  stated  to  be  payable  by  BMR  under  the
     investment advisory agreement.    

              Municipal  obligations,   including  Michigan   obligations,   are
     normally  traded on a net basis (without commission) through broker-dealers
     and banks acting for their own account.  Such  firms attempt to profit from
     such transactions by  buying at  the bid price  and selling  at the  higher
     asked  price of the market,  and the difference  is customarily referred to
     as  the  spread.    In   selecting  firms  which  will   execute  portfolio
     transactions, BMR  judges their professional ability and quality of service
     and  uses  its  best  efforts  to obtain  execution  at  prices  which  are
     advantageous  to  the  Portfolio and  at  reasonably  competitive  spreads.
     Subject  to  the foregoing,  BMR  may  consider sales  of  shares  of other
     investment companies sponsored by  BMR or  Eaton Vance as  a factor in  the
     selection of firms to execute portfolio transactions.

              Timothy T.  Browse has acted  as the portfolio  manager since  the
     Portfolio commenced  operations.   He has  been a  Vice President  of Eaton
     Vance and  of BMR since  1993 and  an employee of  Eaton Vance since  1992.
     Prior to joining  Eaton Vance, he was  a municipal bond trader  at Fidelity

                                         A-9
<PAGE>






     Management & Research Company (1987-1992).  

              BMR  or  Eaton Vance  acts  as  investment  adviser to  investment
     companies  and various  individual and  institutional  clients with  assets
     under  management  of   approximately  $16  billion.    Eaton  Vance  is  a
     wholly-owned subsidiary  of  Eaton Vance  Corp.,  a publicly  held  holding
     company.    Eaton Vance  Corp.,  through its  subsidiaries  and affiliates,
     engages in  investment management and  marketing activities, fiduciary  and
     banking  services,  oil   and  gas  operations,  real   estate  investment,
     consulting   and   management,   and   development   of   precious   metals
     properties.    

     Item 6.  Capital Stock and Other Securities

              The  Portfolio is organized as a trust under the laws of the State
     of  New York and  intends to be  treated as  a partnership for  federal tax
     purposes.  Under  the Declaration of Trust, the  Trustees are authorized to
     issue interests  in the Portfolio.  Each investor  is entitled to a vote in
     proportion  to the amount of its investment  in the Portfolio.  Investments
     in the Portfolio may  not be transferred, but an investor may  withdraw all
     or any  portion  of  its  investment  at  any  time  at  net  asset  value.
     Investors in the  Portfolio will each be liable  for all obligations of the
     Portfolio.   However, the risk  of an  investor in the  Portfolio incurring
     financial loss on  account of such liability is limited to circumstances in
     which both inadequate insurance exists  and the Portfolio itself  is unable
     to meet its obligations.    

              The  Declaration  of  Trust   provides  that  the  Portfolio  will
     terminate 120 days  after the complete  withdrawal of  any investor in  the
     Portfolio unless either  the remaining investors,  by unanimous  vote at  a
     meeting of such investors, or a majority of the Trustees of the  Portfolio,
     by written instrument consented to by all investors,  agree to continue the
     business  of  the  Portfolio.    This  provision  is  consistent  with  the
     treatment of  the  Portfolio  as  a  partnership  for  federal  income  tax
     purposes.    

              Investments  in the  Portfolio  have no  preemptive  or conversion
     rights and  are fully  paid and nonassessable  by the Portfolio,  except as
     set  forth above.    The  Portfolio is  not  required  and has  no  current
     intention to  hold annual meetings of investors, but the Portfolio may hold
     special meetings of  investors when in the  judgment of the Trustees  it is
     necessary or desirable to  submit matters for an investor vote.  Changes in
     fundamental policies  or restrictions will  be submitted to   investors for
     approval.   The  investment  objective  and all  nonfundamental  investment
     policies of the Portfolio may be changed  by the Trustees of the  Portfolio
     without   obtaining  the  approval  of  the  investors  in  the  Portfolio.
     Investors  have under  certain circumstances  (e.g.,  upon application  and
     submission of  certain specified documents  to the Trustees  by a specified
     number  of investors)  the  right to  communicate  with other  investors in
     connection with  requesting  a meeting  of  investors  for the  purpose  of
     removing  one  or  more  Trustees.   Any  Trustee  may  be  removed by  the
     affirmative  vote  of   holders  of  two-thirds  of  the  interest  in  the

                                         A-10
<PAGE>






     Portfolio.

              Information regarding  pooled investment  entities or  funds which
     invest  in  the  Portfolio  may  be  obtained  by  contacting  Eaton  Vance
     Distributors, Inc., 24  Federal Street,  Boston, MA  02110 (617)  482-8260.
     Smaller  investors  in the  Portfolio  may  be  adversely  affected by  the
     actions  of larger investors  in the  Portfolio.   For example, if  a large
     investor  withdraws  from  the  Portfolio,  the   remaining  investors  may
     experience  higher pro  rata operating  expenses,  thereby producing  lower
     returns.   Additionally, the Portfolio may hold fewer securities, resulting
     in increased portfolio  risk, and experience decreasing economies of scale.
     However, this possibility exists as well  for historically structured funds
     which have large or institutional investors.    

              As  of November  14,  1995,  EV Marathon  Michigan Tax  Free  Fund
     controlled the Portfolio  by virtue of  owning approximately  97.8% of  the
     outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio.    

              The  net asset value  of the  Portfolio is determined each  day on
     which the  New York  Stock Exchange  (the "Exchange") is  open for  trading
     ("Portfolio  Business Day").   This  determination is  made each  Portfolio
     Business Day as of the close of regular trading on the Exchange  (currently
     4:00 p.m., New York time) (the "Portfolio Valuation Time").    

              Each  investor  in  the  Portfolio  may  add  to  or  reduce   its
     investment  in the  Portfolio on  each  Portfolio Business  Day  as of  the
     Portfolio Valuation  Time.   The value of  each investor's interest  in the
     Portfolio will  be determined  by multiplying  the net  asset value  of the
     Portfolio  by the  percentage, determined on  the prior  Portfolio Business
     Day, which  represents that investor's  share of the  aggregate interest in
     the  Portfolio on such  prior day.   Any  additions or withdrawals  for the
     current Portfolio  Business Day  will then  be recorded.   Each  investor's
     percentage of  the  aggregate  interest  in  the  Portfolio  will  then  be
     recomputed as a  percentage equal to a fraction  (i) the numerator of which
     is the  value of  such investor's  investment in  the Portfolio  as of  the
     Portfolio Valuation  Time  on the  prior  Portfolio  Business Day  plus  or
     minus, as  the case may be, the  amount of any additions  to or withdrawals
     from the  investor's investment in  the Portfolio on  the current Portfolio
     Business Day and (ii) the denominator of  which is the aggregate net  asset
     value  of the Portfolio  as of  the Portfolio  Valuation Time on  the prior
     Portfolio  Business Day plus  or minus, as the  case may be,  the amount of
     the net  additions to or withdrawals  from the aggregate investment  in the
     Portfolio  on the  current Portfolio Business  Day by all  investors in the
     Portfolio.  The percentage so determined will then be applied  to determine
     the  value of  the investor's  interest  in the  Portfolio for  the current
     Portfolio Business Day.    

              The Portfolio will allocate  at least annually among its investors
     each investor's distributive  share of the Portfolio's net taxable (if any)
     and  tax-exempt investment  income,  net realized  capital  gains, and  any
     other  items of income, gain,  loss, deduction or  credit.  The Portfolio's
     net investment income  consists of all  income accrued  on the  Portfolio's

                                         A-11
<PAGE>






     assets, less all actual and  accrued expenses of the  Portfolio, determined
     in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.    

              Under the anticipated  method of operation  of the  Portfolio, the
     Portfolio  will not be  subject to  any federal income  tax.   (See Part B,
     Item 20.)  However, each investor in  the Portfolio will take into  account
     its allocable  share of the Portfolio's ordinary income and capital gain in
     determining its  federal income tax  liability.  The  determination of each
     such share  will be made  in accordance with  the governing instruments  of
     the Portfolio, which  are intended to comply  with the requirements of  the
     Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.    

              It  is intended  that the  Portfolio's assets  and income  will be
     managed in  such a  way that an  investor in the  Portfolio which  seeks to
     qualify as  a regulated investment company  ("RIC") under the Code  will be
     able to satisfy the requirements for such qualification.    

     Item 7.  Purchase of Interests in the Portfolio

              Interests  in the Portfolio are issued solely in private placement
     transactions that do not involve  any "public offering" within  the meaning
     of Section 4(2)  of the 1933 Act.   See "General Description of Registrant"
     above.

              An investment in  the Portfolio will be made without a sales load.
     All investments received by  the Portfolio will be effected as of  the next
     Portfolio  Valuation  Time.    The net  asset  value  of  the Portfolio  is
     determined at the  Portfolio Valuation Time on each Portfolio Business Day.
     The Portfolio will  be closed for business  and will not determine  its net
     asset  value   on  the  following   business  holidays:  New  Year's   Day,
     Presidents' Day, Good  Friday (a New York Stock Exchange holiday), Memorial
     Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and  Christmas Day.  The
     Portfolio's net  asset  value is  computed  in accordance  with  procedures
     established by the Portfolio's Trustees.    

              The Portfolio's net asset value is determined by Investors Bank  &
     Trust Company  (as custodian and agent  for the Portfolio) based  on market
     or fair value  in the manner authorized  by the Trustees of  the Portfolio.
     The net  asset value  is  computed by  subtracting the  liabilities of  the
     Portfolio  from the value of its total assets.   Inasmuch as the market for
     Michigan obligations  is a dealer  market with no  central trading location
     or  continuous  quotation  system,  it  is  not  feasible  to  obtain  last
     transaction prices  for most  Michigan obligations held  by the  Portfolio,
     and such  obligations, including  those purchased  on a when-issued  basis,
     will normally be valued on the basis  of valuations furnished by a  pricing
     service.     The  pricing   service  uses   information  with   respect  to
     transactions in  bonds, quotations from  bond dealers, market  transactions
     in  comparable securities,  various relationships  between  securities, and
     yield to  maturity in  determining value.   Taxable  obligations for  which
     price quotations are readily available normally will be valued at the  mean
     between the  latest available bid and asked prices.  Open futures positions
     on  debt securities are valued at the  most recent settlement prices unless

                                         A-12
<PAGE>






     such  price does not reflect the fair value  of the contract, in which case
     the positions will be valued  by or at the direction of the Trustees of the
     Portfolio.  Other assets are  valued at fair value using methods determined
     in  good faith  by  or at  the  direction of  the  Trustees.   For  further
     information regarding the  valuation of  the Portfolio's  assets, see  Part
     B.    

              There  is  no minimum  initial  or  subsequent  investment in  the
     Portfolio.     The  Portfolio   reserves  the  right   to  cease  accepting
     investments at any time or to reject any investment order.

              The   placement   agent  for   the   Portfolio   is   Eaton  Vance
     Distributors, Inc.  ("EVD").  The principal  business address of  EVD is 24
     Federal  Street,  Boston,   Massachusetts     02110.     EVD  receives   no
     compensation for serving as the placement agent for the Portfolio.

     Item 8.  Redemption or Decrease of Interest

              An investor in the Portfolio  may withdraw all of (redeem) or  any
     portion  of  (decrease) its  interest  in  the  Portfolio  if a  withdrawal
     request in  proper form is furnished by the investor to the Portfolio.  All
     withdrawals will be effected as of the next Portfolio Valuation Time.   The
     proceeds of  a withdrawal  will be paid  by the  Portfolio normally on  the
     Portfolio Business Day  the withdrawal is effected, but in any event within
     seven days.   The Portfolio  reserves the  right to pay  the proceeds of  a
     withdrawal (whether a redemption or decrease) by  a distribution in kind of
     portfolio securities  (instead  of cash).   The  securities so  distributed
     would be valued at the same amount as that assigned to  them in calculating
     the  net asset value for  the interest (whether  complete or partial) being
     withdrawn.   If  an investor  received  a distribution  in  kind upon  such
     withdrawal,  the  investor  could  incur brokerage  and  other  charges  in
     converting  the  securities to  cash.   The  Portfolio has  filed  with the
     Securities and  Exchange Commission  (the "Commission")  a notification  of
     election  on  Form N-18F-1  committing  to  pay in  cash  all  requests for
     withdrawals  by  any investor,  limited  in  amount  with  respect to  such
     investor during any 90  day period to the lesser of  (a) $250,000 or (b) 1%
     of  the  net  asset  value  of  the  Portfolio  at the  beginning  of  such
     period.    

              Investments in the Portfolio may not be transferred.

              The right of  any investor to receive payment  with respect to any
     withdrawal  may be  suspended  or the  payment  of the  withdrawal proceeds
     postponed during any  period in  which the Exchange  is closed (other  than
     weekends or holidays) or trading on the  Exchange is restricted or, to  the
     extent otherwise  permitted by the  1940 Act,  if an  emergency exists,  or
     during  any other  period  permitted by  order  of the  Commission  for the
     protection of investors.

     Item 9.  Pending Legal Proceedings

     Not applicable.

                                         A-13
<PAGE>



























































                                         A-14
<PAGE>







                                       PART B 

     Item 10.  Cover Page

     Not applicable.

     Item 11.  Table of Contents                                         Page 

     General Information and History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   B-1 
     Investment Objectives and Policies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   B-1 
     Management of the Portfolio   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   B-16
     Control Persons and Principal
      Holder of Securities   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   B-19
     Investment Advisory and Other
      Services   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   B-19
     Brokerage Allocation and Other
      Practices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   B-22
     Capital Stock and Other Securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   B-25
     Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Securities  . . . . . . . . .   B-27
     Tax Status  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   B-27
     Underwriters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   B-30
     Calculation of Performance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   B-30
     Financial Statements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   B-30
     Appendix  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   a-1

     Item 12.  General Information and History

     Not applicable.

     Item 13.  Investment Objectives and Policies

              Part  A  contains  additional  information  about  the  investment
     objective  and   policies  of   the  Michigan  Tax   Free  Portfolio   (the
     "Portfolio").   This Part  B should  be read  in conjunction  with Part  A.
     Capitalized terms used  in this Part B  and not otherwise defined  have the
     meanings given them in Part A.    

     Michigan Obligations

              As used  in this Part B, the term "Michigan obligations" refers to
     debt obligations  issued  by  the  State  of  Michigan  and  its  political
     subdivisions  (for   example,  counties,   cities,  towns,  districts   and
     authorities) and  the governments of  Puerto Rico, the  U.S. Virgin Islands
     and Guam, the interest on which is  exempt from regular federal income  tax
     and  Michigan State  and City  income and  single  business taxes,  and the
     value of and interest  on which are exempt  from Michigan intangibles  tax.
     In  general,  there  are  three  categories  of  Michigan  obligations  the
     interest  on which  is  exempt from  federal income  tax and  is not  a tax
     preference item  for purposes of  the federal alternative  minimum tax: (i)
     certain  "public  purpose"  obligations  (whenever  issued), which  include
     obligations  issued directly  by  state  and  local  governments  or  their

                                         A-1
<PAGE>






     agencies  to   fulfill  essential  governmental  functions;   (ii)  certain
     obligations  issued  before   August  8,  1986  for  the  benefit  of  non-
     governmental  persons or  entities;  and  (iii) certain  "private  activity
     bonds"  issued  after  August 7,  1986,  which  include "qualified  Section
     501(c)(3)  bonds" or  refundings  of certain  obligations  included in  the
     second category. In  assessing the federal income tax treatment of interest
     on any such obligation, the Portfolio will generally rely on an opinion  of
     the  issuer's  counsel   (when  available)  and  will  not   undertake  any
     independent  verification  of  the  basis  for  the  opinion.     Municipal
     obligations  are issued  to  obtain funds  for  various public  and private
     purposes.    Such  obligations  include   bonds,  as  well  as   tax-exempt
     commercial paper, project notes, and  municipal notes such as  tax, revenue
     and bond  anticipation notes of  short maturity, generally  less than three
     years.  The two principal  classifications of municipal bonds  are "general
     obligation" bonds and "revenue" bonds.    

              Interest on  certain "private activity bonds"  issued after August
     7,  1986 is exempt  from regular federal income  tax, but  such interest is
     treated as a tax  preference item  that could subject  the recipient to  or
     increase  the recipient's  liability for  the  federal alternative  minimum
     tax.   It  should  be noted  that,  for a  corporate holder  (other  than a
     regulated investment company)  of an interest in the Portfolio, interest on
     all  Michigan  obligations  (whenever  issued)  is  included  in  "adjusted
     current earnings"  for purposes of  the federal alternative  minimum tax as
     applied to corporations  (to the extent not already included in alternative
     minimum  taxable  income   as  income  attributable  to   private  activity
     bonds).    

              Market  discount  on  long-term  tax-exempt municipal  obligations
     (i.e., obligations with  a term  of more than  one year)  purchased in  the
     secondary market after April  30, 1993  is taxable as  ordinary income.   A
     long-term debt  obligation is  generally treated  as acquired  at a  market
     discount  if the  secondary  market purchase  price is  less  than (i)  the
     stated principal amount payable  at maturity, in the case  of an obligation
     that  does not  have original  issue discount  or (ii)  in the  case  of an
     obligation that does  have original issue  discount, the sum  of the  issue
     price and  any original issue  discount that accrued  before the obligation
     was purchased, subject to a de minimis exclusion.    

              Issuers of  general  obligation bonds  include  states,  counties,
     cities, towns  and regional districts.   The proceeds  of these obligations
     are  used  to  fund   a  wide  range  of  public  projects   including  the
     construction  or  improvement of  schools,  highways and  roads,  water and
     sewer systems and a  variety of other public purposes.  The  basic security
     of general  obligation bonds is  the issuer's  pledge of its  faith, credit
     and  taxing power for  the payment  of principal  and interest.   The taxes
     that can  be levied  for the  payment  of debt  service may  be limited  or
     unlimited as to rate and amount.

              The principal  security for a  revenue bond is  generally the  net
     revenues derived from a particular  facility or group of facilities  or, in
     some  cases,  from the  proceeds  of a  special  excise  or other  specific

                                         B-2
<PAGE>






     revenue  source.  Revenue bonds have been issued  to fund a wide variety of
     capital  projects including:  electric, gas, water,  sewer and  solid waste
     disposal systems; highways, bridges and tunnels;  port, airport and parking
     facilities;  transportation   systems;  housing  facilities,  colleges  and
     universities and  hospitals.  Although the  principal security behind these
     bonds varies  widely, many  provide additional  security in  the form  of a
     debt service reserve  fund whose monies may  be used to make  principal and
     interest  payments   on  the   issuer's  obligations.     Housing   finance
     authorities have  a wide  range of  security including  partially or  fully
     insured, rent  subsidized and/or collateralized  mortgages, and/or the  net
     revenues from  housing or  other public projects.   In  addition to a  debt
     service  reserve fund,  some authorities  provide further  security in  the
     form  of  a  state's  ability   (without  legal  obligation)  to   make  up
     deficiencies in the debt service  reserve fund.  Lease rental revenue bonds
     issued by  a state  or local  authority for capital  projects are  normally
     secured by annual  lease rental payments from the  state or locality to the
     authority sufficient to cover debt service  on the authority's obligations.
     Such payments  are usually subject to annual appropriations by the state or
     locality.

              Industrial  development and  pollution control  bonds are  in most
     cases revenue bonds  and are generally not  secured by the taxing  power of
     the municipality, but are  usually secured by  the revenues derived by  the
     authority from payments of the industrial user or users.    

              The Portfolio  may on occasion  acquire revenue  bonds which carry
     warrants or  similar rights covering  equity securities.   Such warrants or
     rights  may  be   held  indefinitely,  but  if   exercised,  the  Portfolio
     anticipates  that it  would,  under normal  circumstances,  dispose of  any
     equity securities so acquired within a reasonable period of time.

              While  most  municipal  bonds  pay   a  fixed  rate  of   interest
     semi-annually in  cash, there are  exceptions.  Some bonds  pay no periodic
     cash interest,  but rather make  a single payment  at maturity representing
     both principal and interest.  Bonds  may be issued or subsequently  offered
     with   interest  coupons  materially  greater   or  less  than  those  then
     prevailing, with price adjustments reflecting such deviation.

              The obligations  of any person or  entity to pay  the principal of
     and  interest on a  Michigan obligation  are subject  to the  provisions of
     bankruptcy, insolvency and  other laws affecting the rights and remedies of
     creditors, such as the  Federal Bankruptcy Act, and laws, if any, which may
     be  enacted  by Congress  or  state  legislatures  extending  the time  for
     payment of  principal or interest,  or both, or  imposing other constraints
     upon enforcement of such  obligations.  There is also  the possibility that
     as a result of litigation  or other conditions the power or ability  of any
     person or entity to  pay when due principal of and  interest on a municipal
     obligation may  be materially affected.   There have  been recent instances
     of defaults  and bankruptcies  involving municipal  obligations which  were
     not foreseen  by the financial  and investment communities.   The Portfolio
     will take  whatever  action  it  considers  appropriate  in  the  event  of
     anticipated financial  difficulties, default  or bankruptcy  of either  the

                                         B-3
<PAGE>






     issuer of  any municipal obligation  or of  the underlying source  of funds
     for  debt  service.   Such  action may  include  retaining the  services of
     various persons or  firms (including affiliates of the  Investment Adviser)
     to evaluate  or  protect  any  real  estate,  facilities  or  other  assets
     securing any such  obligation or acquired by  the Portfolio as a  result of
     any such event, and  the Portfolio may also manage (or engage other persons
     to  manage) or otherwise  deal with  any real  estate, facilities  or other
     assets so acquired.   The Portfolio anticipates that real estate consulting
     and  management  services  may  be  required  with  respect  to  properties
     securing various  municipal obligations  in its  portfolio or  subsequently
     acquired  by   the  Portfolio.    The   Portfolio  will   incur  additional
     expenditures  in  taking  protective  action  with   respect  to  portfolio
     obligations in default and assets securing such obligations.

              The yields on Michigan obligations will be dependent on a  variety
     of factors, including purposes of issue and source of  funds for repayment,
     general money market  conditions, general conditions of the  municipal bond
     market,  size of  a  particular offering,  maturity  of the  obligation and
     rating of  the issue.   The  ratings of  Moody's, S&P  and Fitch  represent
     their opinions  as to the quality  of the municipal obligations  which they
     undertake  to rate.   It  should be  emphasized, however, that  ratings are
     based   on   judgment  and   are   not  absolute   standards   of  quality.
     Consequently,  Michigan obligations  with  the  same maturity,  coupon  and
     rating may have  different yields while  obligations of  the same  maturity
     and coupon with  different ratings may have  the same yield.   In addition,
     the market price of such  obligations will normally fluctuate  with changes
     in interest rates, and  therefore the net asset value of the Portfolio will
     be affected by such changes.    

     Risks of Concentration

              Michigan  Obligations.   The following  information as  to certain
     Michigan considerations  is given to  investors in view  of the Portfolio's
     policy  of  concentrating  its  investments  in  Michigan  issuers.    Such
     information supplements  the information in  Part A.   It  is derived  from
     sources that are  generally available to  investors and is  believed to  be
     accurate.   Such information  constitutes only  a brief  summary, does  not
     purport to  be  a complete  description and  is based  on information  from
     official statements relating  to securities offerings of  Michigan issuers.
     The Portfolio has not independently verified this information.    

              The  State's  economy is  overly  dependent  on  the manufacturing
     sector, more specifically  the auto industry.   Manufacturing accounts  for
     23% of total  employment as compared to  the national average of  17%.  The
     dependency  on manufacturing makes the  State economy overly susceptible to
     economic downturns.  For the first  time since 1966, the unemployment  rate
     was below  the national average.  An improving  economy and successful cost
     containment have enabled the State to improve  its financial position.  For
     1994,  the Budget Stabilization  Fund was $779 million  and is projected to
     reach  $1.1  billion   for  1995.    The  Governor  has  proposed  reducing
     individual and  business income taxes.  For 1996, revenues are estimated to
     grow 4.7% while expenditures will grow by a similar rate.    

                                         B-4
<PAGE>






              In March,  1994, Michigan  voters  approved a  change in  the  tax
     system.  The most significant provisions were an  increase in the sales tax
     rate from 4% to 6%,  a reduction in the income  tax rate from 4.6%  to 4.4%
     and the creation  of a statewide property tax.   These changes are expected
     to provide sufficient  revenues to offset the elimination of property taxes
     for  school district operating  purposes.   There can be  no assurance that
     school districts will  receive sufficient revenues  to be  able to  service
     any limited tax bonds they  may have outstanding and  which may be held  by
     the Portfolio.

              Under the  State Constitution, the Legislature  is prohibited from
     raising  taxes if doing so would cause total State revenues (except federal
     aid) to exceed  10% of State personal income.   The only exceptions to this
     revenue  limit  are  a majority  approval  of a  referendum  question  or a
     specific  emergency  declared by  a  two-thirds  vote  of the  Legislature.
     However,  this limit does  not apply  to taxes  imposed for the  payment of
     principal and interest on bonds of the State, if  the bonds are approved by
     voters and authorized by a vote of two-thirds of the members of each  House
     of the Legislature.   Local units of  government and local  authorities are
     authorized to issue bonds and other evidences  of indebtedness in a variety
     of  situations without  the approval  of electors,  but the ability  of the
     obligor to levy taxes  for the  payment of such  obligations is subject  to
     the foregoing  limitations unless  the obligations  were authorized  before
     December 23, 1978  or approved by the electors.  The Constitution prohibits
     the State from reducing the proportion of total State spending paid to  all
     local  units of  government, taken  as a  group, below  that proportion  in
     effect in  the 1978-1979  fiscal year.   The State may  not mandate  new or
     increased levels of  services to be provided by  local units without making
     appropriations to cover any increased costs.    

              Under the  State Constitution,  the  total  amount of  general  ad
     valorem  taxes  imposed on  taxable  property  in  any  year cannot  exceed
     certain  millage limitations  specified  by  the Constitution,  statute  or
     charter.   The  Constitution  prohibits  local  units  of  government  from
     levying any tax  not authorized by law  or charter, or from  increasing the
     rate of an existing  tax above the rate authorized by  law or charter.  The
     Constitution  also  contain  millage  reduction  provisions.    Under  such
     provisions,  should  the  value  of  taxable  property  (exclusive  of  new
     construction and  improvements) increase at  a percentage greater than  the
     percentage  increase in  the Consumer  Price Index,  the maximum authorized
     tax rate  would  be reduced  by a  factor which  would result  in the  same
     maximum  potential  tax  revenues  to the  local  taxing  unit  as  if  the
     valuation of taxable property  (less new construction and improvements) had
     grown  only at  the consumer  Price Index  rate  instead of  at the  higher
     actual growth rate.   Thus,  if taxable  property values  rise faster  than
     consumer prices, the  maximum authorized tax rate would be increased at the
     Consumer Price Index  rate.  Conversely,  if taxable  property values  rise
     slower  than consumer  prices,  tax rates  may  be raised  accordingly, but
     never  higher  than the  rate  authorized  on  December  23, 1978,  without
     elector approval. 

              The  ability of  the State  to pay  principal and interest  on its

                                         B-5
<PAGE>






     general  obligation  bonds may  be  affected by  the  limitations described
     above.   Similarly, the  ability of local  units to  levy taxes to  pay the
     principal of and the  interest on their general  obligations is subject  to
     the constitutional, statutory and charter limits described above.    

              Obligations  of  Puerto Rico,  the U.S.  Virgin Islands  and Guam.
     Subject to the Portfolio's investment policies as set forth in Part A,  the
     Portfolio may invest in  the obligations of the governments of Puerto Rico,
     the U.S. Virgin  Islands and Guam  (the "Territories").   Accordingly,  the
     Portfolio  may  be  adversely  affected  by  local  political and  economic
     conditions and  developments within the  Territories affecting the  issuers
     of such obligations.    

              Puerto   Rico  has   a  diversified   economy  dominated   by  the
     manufacturing and  service  sectors.   The  three  largest sectors  of  the
     economy  (as a  percentage of  employment) are  services  (47%), government
     (22%) and  manufacturing (16.4%).   These three sectors  represent 39%, 11%
     and 39%, respectively, of the  gross domestic product.  The  service sector
     is the  fastest growing,  while  the government  and manufacturing  sectors
     have been stagnant for the past five years.  The  North American Free Trade
     Agreement (NAFTA),  which became effective  January 1, 1994,  could lead to
     the loss  of  Puerto  Rico's lower  salaried  or  labor intensive  jobs  to
     Mexico.  The June 1995 unemployment rate was 13.9%.    

                The  Commonwealth of  Puerto Rico  exercises virtually  the same
     control  over its  internal affairs  as do  the fifty  states; however,  it
     differs from  the states in  its relationship with  the federal government.
     Most  federal taxes, except  those such  as social security  taxes that are
     imposed by  mutual consent,  are not levied  in Puerto  Rico.  However,  in
     conjunction  with the 1993  U.S. budget plan, Section  936 of  the Code was
     amended and provided  for two alternative  limitations to  the Section  936
     credit.  The first option  will limit the credit against such income to 40%
     of  the credit  allowable  under current  law, with  a  five year  phase-in
     period starting  at 60% of  the allowable credit.   The second option  is a
     wage and depreciation based  credit.  The reduction of the tax  benefits to
     those U.S.  companies with  operations in Puerto  Rico may  lead to  slower
     growth in the  future.  There can be  no assurance that these modifications
     will not lead to  a weakened economy, a lower rating on  Puerto Rico's debt
     or  lower  prices  for   Puerto  Rican  bonds  that  may  be  held  by  the
     Portfolio.    

                Puerto  Rico's  financial  reporting  was   first  conformed  to
     generally  accepted accounting  principles in  fiscal  1990.   Nonrecurring
     revenues have  been used frequently  to balance recent years'  budgets.  In
     November, 1993 Puerto Ricans  voted on whether they wished  to retain their
     Commonwealth  status, become a  state or  establish an  independent nation.
     Puerto  Ricans voted  to  retain Commonwealth  status,  leaving intact  the
     current relationship  with  the  federal  government.    There  can  be  no
     assurance that  the statehood issue  will not be brought  to a vote  in the
     future.   A successful  statehood vote  in Puerto  Rico would  then require
     ratification by the U.S. Congress.    


                                         B-6
<PAGE>






                The   United   States   Virgin   Islands   (USVI)  are   located
     approximately 1,100  miles east-southeast of Miami  and are made  up of St.
     Croix,  St. Thomas and  St. John.   The economy  is heavily reliant  on the
     tourism  industry,  with  roughly 43%  of  non-agricultural  employment  in
     tourist-related trade  and services.  The  tourism industry is economically
     sensitive and would  likely be adversely affected by  a recession in either
     the United States  or Europe. In September  1995, St. Thomas  was hit by  a
     hurricane and sustained  extensive damage.  The  longer term impact  on the
     tourism industry is  not yet  known.  There  can be no  assurance that  the
     market for USVI bonds will not be affected.    

                An important component  of the USVI revenue base is  the federal
     excise tax on rum exports.  Tax revenues rebated by the federal  government
     to the USVI provide  the primary security of  many outstanding USVI  bonds.
     Because  more than 90% of the rum distilled in the USVI is distilled at one
     plant,  any interruption  in its  operations (as  occurred  after Hurricane
     Hugo in 1989) would adversely  affect these revenues.   Consequently, there
     can be no  assurance that rum exports  to the United States  and the rebate
     of tax  revenues to the  USVI will continue  at their present  levels.  The
     preferential tariff treatment  the USVI rum industry currently enjoys could
     be reduced under NAFTA.   Increased competition from Mexican  rum producers
     could reduce USVI rum imported to the U.S., decreasing excise  tax revenues
     generated.   The USVI  experienced a  budget deficit  in 1989  due to  wage
     settlements  with  the  unionized  government  employees.    A  deficit was
     experienced also in 1990 due to Hurricane Hugo.   The USVI recorded a small
     surplus  in fiscal year 1991.  At the end of fiscal 1992, the last year for
     which results  are  available, the  USVI  had  an unreserved  General  Fund
     deficit  of   approximately  $8.31  million,   or  approximately  2.1%   of
     expenditures.  In  order to close a  forecasted fiscal 1994 revenue  gap of
     $45.6  million,  the  Department  of  Finance   has  proposed  several  tax
     increases and  fund transfers.   There  is currently  no rated,  unenhanced
     U.S. Virgin  Islands  debt  outstanding  (although there  is  unrated  debt
     outstanding).    

                   Guam,  an unincorporated  U.S.  territory, is  located  1,500
     miles  southeast of Tokyo.  The U.S.  military is a key component of Guam's
     economy.   The federal government directly  comprises more than 10%  of the
     employment base,  with a  substantial component  of the  service sector  to
     support these personnel.  Guam is expected  to benefit from the closure  of
     the  Subic Bay Naval Base and the Clark  Air Force Base in the Philippines.
     The Naval  Air Station,  one of  several U.S.  military  facilities on  the
     island,  has been  slated  for  closure by  the  Defense Base  Closure  and
     Realignment  Committee; however,  the  administration  plans to  use  these
     facilities  to  expand the  Island's  commercial  airport.    Guam is  also
     heavily reliant on tourists, particularly  the Japanese.  During  1994, the
     financial  position  of Guam  was  weakened  as  it  incurred an  unaudited
     General Fund  operating deficit.   The  administration has  taken steps  to
     improve its  financial position; however,  there are no  guarantees that an
     improvement will be realized.  Guam's general obligation debt  is rated Baa
     by Moody's.    

                 Obligations of  Particular Types of Issuers.  The Portfolio may

                                         B-7
<PAGE>






     invest 25% or more of its  total assets in Michigan obligations of the same
     type.   There could be  economic, business or  political developments which
     might affect all Michigan  obligations of a similar  type.  In  particular,
     investments  in  the industrial  revenue bonds  listed above  might involve
     (without limitation) the following risks.    

                   Hospital bond ratings are  often based on feasibility studies
     which  contain projections  of  expenses,  revenues and  occupancy  levels.
     Among the influences affecting a  hospital's gross receipts and  net income
     available  to  service its  debt  are  demand  for  hospital services,  the
     ability  of  the  hospital to  provide  the  services  required, management
     capabilities,  economic  developments  in  the  service  area,  efforts  by
     insurers  and government  agencies to limit  rates and expenses, confidence
     in  the   hospital,  service   area  economic   developments,  competition,
     availability and  expense of malpractice  insurance, Medicaid and  Medicare
     funding and possible  federal legislation limiting the rates of increase of
     hospital charges.    

                Electric    utilities   face   problems   in   financing   large
     construction programs in an inflationary  period, cost increases and  delay
     occasioned by  safety and  environmental considerations  (particularly with
     respect to nuclear facilities), difficulty in obtaining  fuel at reasonable
     prices, and  in achieving timely  and adequate rate  relief from regulatory
     commissions,  effects  of  energy  conservation  and   limitations  on  the
     capacity of the capital market to absorb utility debt.

        
         

                Life  care  facilities  are  an  alternative form  of  long-term
     housing  for  the elderly  which  offer  residents  the  independence of  a
     condominium life  style and, if  needed, the comprehensive  care of nursing
     home  services.   Bonds  to finance  these facilities  have been  issued by
     various state  and  local authorities.    Because  the bonds  are  normally
     secured only by the  revenues of each  facility and not  by state or  local
     government  tax payments,  they are  subject to  a wide  variety  of risks.
     Primarily, the projects  must maintain adequate occupancy levels to be able
     to provide  revenues sufficient to  meet debt service  payments.  Moreover,
     because  a  portion of  housing,  medical care  and other  services  may be
     financed by  an initial deposit, it is important that the facility maintain
     adequate  financial  reserves to  secure  estimated  actuarial liabilities.
     The  ability  of  management  to  accurately   forecast  inflationary  cost
     pressures is an important factor in this process.  The facilities may  also
     be affected  adversely by  regulatory cost  restrictions applied to  health
     care delivery  in  general, particularly  state regulations  or changes  in
     Medicare and Medicaid  payments or qualifications, or  restrictions imposed
     by medical  insurance  companies.   They  may  also face  competition  from
     alternative health care  or conventional housing facilities in  the private
     or public sector.    

        Municipal Leases    


                                         B-8
<PAGE>






              The Portfolio  may invest  in municipal leases  and participations
     therein,  which arrangements  frequently  involve special  risks. Municipal
     leases  are obligations  in the  form of  a lease  or  installment purchase
     arrangement which  are issued  by a  state or local  government to  acquire
     equipment  and  facilities.  Interest  income  from   such  obligations  is
     generally exempt  from local  and  state taxes  in the  state of  issuance.
     "Participations" in such  leases are undivided  interests in  a portion  of
     the total  obligation. Participations  entitle their  holders to receive  a
     pro  rata share  of  all payments  under the  lease.  A trustee  is usually
     responsible  for administering the terms of the participation and enforcing
     the participants'  rights in the underlying  lease. Leases  and installment
     purchase or  conditional sale contracts  (which normally provide for  title
     to  the leased asset  to pass eventually  to the  governmental issuer) have
     evolved  as  a means  for  governmental  issuers  to  acquire property  and
     equipment  without meeting  the constitutional  and statutory  requirements
     for the issuance of debt. State debt-issuance limitations are  deemed to be
     inapplicable to these  arrangements because of the inclusion in many leases
     or  contracts  of   "non-appropriation"  clauses  that  provide   that  the
     governmental issuer has  no obligation to  make future  payments under  the
     lease or  contract unless  money is  appropriated for such  purpose by  the
     appropriate legislative  body on  a yearly  or other  periodic basis.  Such
     arrangements  are,  therefore, subject  to the  risk that  the governmental
     issuer will not appropriate funds for lease payments.     

              Certain municipal  lease obligations owned by the Portfolio may be
     deemed  illiquid  for  purposes  of  the   Portfolio's  15%  limitation  on
     investments in  illiquid securities,  unless determined  by the  Investment
     Adviser,  pursuant to  guidelines  adopted by  the  Trustees, to  be liquid
     securities for  purposes of such limitation.  In determining  the liquidity
     of  municipal lease  obligations, the  Investment Adviser  will consider  a
     variety of  factors including: (1)  the willingness of  dealers to bid  for
     the security;  (2) the number  of dealers willing  to purchase or sell  the
     obligation and  the number of other potential  buyers; (3) the frequency of
     trades   and  quotes  for  the  obligation;  and  (4)  the  nature  of  the
     marketplace  trades. In  addition,  the  Investment Adviser  will  consider
     factors unique to particular lease obligations  affecting the marketability
     thereof. These  include the general  creditworthiness of the  municipality,
     the  importance of the  property covered by the  lease to the municipality,
     and  the  likelihood that  the  marketability  of  the  obligation will  be
     maintained throughout  the time the obligation is held by the Portfolio. In
     the event the  Portfolio acquires  an unrated  municipal lease  obligation,
     the Investment  Adviser  will be  responsible  for determining  the  credit
     quality of such obligation on an ongoing basis,  including an assessment of
     the likelihood that the lease may or may not be canceled.    

     Zero Coupon Bonds

              Zero  coupon bonds are  debt obligations which do  not require the
     periodic payment of interest and are issued at a  significant discount from
     face  value.  The  discount approximates  the total amount  of interest the
     bonds will accrue and compound over the period until  maturity at a rate of
     interest  reflecting  the  market  rate of  the  security  at  the  time of

                                         B-9
<PAGE>






     issuance.  Zero coupon bonds benefit the issuer by mitigating its need  for
     cash to  meet debt  service, but also  require a  higher rate of  return to
     attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of such cash.

     Insurance

              Insured Michigan obligations held  by the Portfolio (if any)  will
     be insured as  to their scheduled payment  of principal and  interest under
     either (i)  an insurance policy  obtained by the  issuer or underwriter  of
     the obligation at  the time of its  original issuance or (ii)  an insurance
     policy obtained  by  the  Portfolio or  a  third  party subsequent  to  the
     obligation's  original  issuance  (which  may  not   be  reflected  in  the
     obligation's market  value).  In  either event, such  insurance may provide
     that, in  the event of  nonpayment of interest  or principal when due  with
     respect to an insured  obligation, the insurer is not required to make such
     payment until a  specified time has  lapsed (which may  be 30 days or  more
     after notice).

     Credit Quality

              The Portfolio  is dependent on the  Investment Adviser's judgment,
     analysis and experience in evaluating the quality  of Michigan obligations.
     In  evaluating the  credit quality  of  a particular  issue, when  rated or
     unrated,  the Investment  Adviser will  normally  take into  consideration,
     among  other  things,  the  financial  resources  of  the  issuer  (or,  as
     appropriate,  of the  underlying  source of  funds  for debt  service), its
     sensitivity to  economic conditions  and trends,  any operating  history of
     and the  community support  for the  facility financed  by the  issuer, the
     ability of the  issuer's management and regulatory matters.  The Investment
     Adviser  will  attempt to  reduce  the risks  of  investing  in the  lowest
     investment   grade,  below   investment   grade  and   comparable   unrated
     obligations  through  active  portfolio  management,  credit  analysis  and
     attention  to  current developments  and  trends  in  the  economy and  the
     financial markets.    

              See  "Portfolio  of  Investments"  in  the "Financial  Statements"
     incorporated by  reference into this Part  B with respect to  any defaulted
     obligations held by the Portfolio.    

        Short-Term Trading    

                 The  Portfolio  may sell  (and  later  purchase)  securities in
     anticipation  of a  market decline (a  rise in interest  rates) or purchase
     (and later sell) securities in anticipation of a  market rise (a decline in
     interest  rates). In addition, a security may be sold and another purchased
     at approximately  the same time  to take  advantage of  what the  Portfolio
     believes  to be  a  temporary disparity  in  the normal  yield relationship
     between the two  securities. Yield disparities  may occur  for reasons  not
     directly related  to the  investment quality  of particular  issues or  the
     general movement of  interest rates, such as changes  in the overall demand
     for or supply  of various types of  Michigan obligations or changes  in the
     investment  objectives of  investors.  Such  trading  may  be  expected  to

                                         B-10
<PAGE>






     increase the portfolio  turnover rate, which may increase capital gains and
     the  expenses  incurred  in connection  with  such  trading.  The Portfolio
     anticipates  that its  annual portfolio  turnover rate  will generally  not
     exceed 100% (excluding turnover of  securities having maturity of  one year
     or less).    

     When-Issued Securities

              New issues of Michigan  and other types  of municipal  obligations
     are  sometimes offered  on  a "when-issued"  basis,  that is,  delivery and
     payment for  the securities normally  take place within  a specified number
     of  days after the  date of the Portfolio's  commitment and  are subject to
     certain  conditions such  as the  issuance of  satisfactory legal opinions.
     The Portfolio may  also purchase securities on a when-issued basis pursuant
     to refunding  contracts in connection  with the refinancing  of an issuer's
     outstanding  indebtedness.    Refunding  contracts  generally  require  the
     issuer to  sell and the  Portfolio to buy  such securities on a  settlement
     date that could be several months or several years in the future.

                The Portfolio  will  make  commitments to  purchase  when-issued
     securities only  with the intention  of actually acquiring the  securities,
     but may sell such  securities before  the settlement date  if it is  deemed
     advisable as a matter  of investment strategy.  The  payment obligation and
     the interest rate that  will be received on the securities are fixed at the
     time the  Portfolio enters into  the purchase commitment.   The Portfolio's
     custodian will  segregate cash or  high grade liquid  debt securities in  a
     separate  account of  the  Portfolio in  an amount  at  least equal  to the
     when-issued commitments.   If  the value  of the  securities placed  in the
     separate  account  declines,  additional cash  or  high  grade  liquid debt
     securities will  be placed  in the  account on  a daily basis  so that  the
     value  of the account  will at  least equal  the amount of  the Portfolio's
     when-issued  commitments.    When  the  Portfolio  commits  to  purchase  a
     security on  a when-issued basis,  it records the  transaction and reflects
     the value of  the security in determining its  net asset value.  Securities
     purchased on a when-issued basis and  the securities held by the  Portfolio
     are  subject  to  changes  in  value  based  upon  the  perception  of  the
     creditworthiness of the issuer  and changes in the level of  interest rates
     (i.e.,  appreciation when  interest  rates  decline and  depreciation  when
     interest rates rise).  Therefore, to the extent that the Portfolio  remains
     substantially  fully  invested at  the  same  time  that  it has  purchased
     securities on  a when-issued basis,  there will be  greater fluctuations in
     the Portfolio's net  asset value than  if it solely  set aside cash to  pay
     for when-issued securities.

     Variable Rate Obligations

              The Portfolio  may purchase  variable rate obligations.   Variable
     rate instruments provide  for adjustments in the interest rate at specified
     intervals  (weekly, monthly,  semi-annually, etc.).   The revised rates are
     usually set  at  the  issuer's  discretion,  in  which  case  the  investor
     normally enjoys the right  to "put" the security back to the  issuer or his
     agent.   Rate revisions may  alternatively be determined  by formula  or in

                                         B-11
<PAGE>






     some  other  contractual  fashion.    Variable  rate  obligations  normally
     provide  that the  holder can  demand payment  of  the obligation  on short
     notice at  par with accrued interest and are  frequently secured by letters
     of credit or  other credit support arrangements provided  by banks.  To the
     extent that  such letters  of credit  or other  arrangements constitute  an
     unconditional guarantee of  the issuer's obligations, a bank may be treated
     as the  issuer  of  a  security  for the  purpose  of  complying  with  the
     diversification requirements set forth  in Section 5(b) of the 1940 Act and
     Rule  5b-2  thereunder.    The  Portfolio  would  anticipate   using  these
     obligations  as  cash equivalents  pending  longer term  investment  of its
     funds.

     Redemption, Demand and Put Features 

              Most municipal bonds  have a fixed final maturity date.   However,
     it  is commonplace for  the issuer to  reserve the  right to call  the bond
     earlier.  Also, some  bonds may have "put" or "demand" features  that allow
     early redemption by the bondholder.   Interest income generated  by certain
     bonds  having demand  features  may  not  qualify as  tax-exempt  interest.
     Longer  term fixed-rate  bonds  may  give the  holder  a right  to  request
     redemption  at  certain  times  (often  annually  after  the  lapse  of  an
     intermediate term).   These bonds are more defensive than conventional long
     term bonds  (protecting to some  degree against  a rise in  interest rates)
     while  providing  greater opportunity  than  comparable  intermediate  term
     bonds, because  the  Portfolio  may  retain  the  bond  if  interest  rates
     decline.  By  acquiring these kinds  of obligations  the Portfolio  obtains
     the contractual right to require the issuer  of the security or some  other
     person (other  than a  broker or  dealer) to  purchase the  security at  an
     agreed upon  price,  which right  is  contained  in the  obligation  itself
     rather than in a separate agreement with  the seller or some other  person.
     Because this  right  is assignable  with  the  security, which  is  readily
     marketable  and valued  in  the customary  manner,  the Portfolio  will not
     assign any separate value to such right.

     Liquidity and Protective Put Options 

              The  Portfolio may also  enter into a separate  agreement with the
     seller of  the security  or some  other person  granting the Portfolio  the
     right to  put the security to the seller  thereof or the other person at an
     agreed  upon   price.    The  Portfolio  intends  to  limit  this  type  of
     transaction to institutions  (such as  banks or  securities dealers)  which
     the  Investment Adviser  believes present  minimal  credit risks  and would
     engage in this  type of transaction  to facilitate  portfolio liquidity  or
     (if the seller  so agrees) to hedge  against rising interest rates.   There
     is no  assurance that  this kind of  put option  will be  available to  the
     Portfolio or  that  selling institutions  will  be  willing to  permit  the
     Portfolio to  exercise a  put to hedge  against rising  interest rates.   A
     separate put  option may  not be  marketable or  otherwise assignable,  and
     sale of  the  security to  a third  party or  lapse of  time  with the  put
     unexercised  may terminate the  right to  exercise the put.   The Portfolio
     does not expect  to assign any value  to any separate put option  which may
     be acquired  to facilitate portfolio  liquidity, inasmuch as  the value (if

                                         B-12
<PAGE>






     any)  of the put will be reflected in  the value assigned to the associated
     security;  any put acquired  for hedging purposes  would be  valued in good
     faith  under  methods  or procedures  established  by  the  Trustees  after
     consideration of all relevant  factors, including its expiration date,  the
     price volatility of  the associated  security, the  difference between  the
     market price of the  associated security and the exercise price of the put,
     the  creditworthiness of the  issuer of  the put  and the market  prices of
     comparable put options.   Interest income generated by certain bonds having
     put features may not qualify as tax-exempt interest.

        Securities Lending    

              The  Portfolio  may  seek  to   increase  its  income  by  lending
     portfolio securities  to broker-dealers  or other  institutional borrowers.
     Under  present  regulatory  policies  of  the  Commission,  such  loans are
     required  to  be   secured  continuously  by  collateral   in  cash,   cash
     equivalents  or  U.S.   Government  securities  held  by   the  Portfolio's
     custodian and maintained on a current basis at an amount at least equal  to
     the market value  of the securities loaned, which  will be marked to market
     daily. Cash  equivalents include short-term  municipal obligations as  well
     as taxable certificates  of deposit, commercial paper and  other short-term
     money  market instruments.  The Portfolio  would have  the right  to call a
     loan and  obtain the securities loaned  at any time on  up to five business
     days' notice. During the existence of  a loan, the Portfolio will  continue
     to  receive  the equivalent  of  the interest  paid  by the  issuer  on the
     securities loaned and will also receive  a fee, or all or a  portion of the
     interest on  investment of the  collateral, if any.  However, the Portfolio
     may pay lending  fees to such borrowers.  The Portfolio would not  have the
     right to vote any securities  having voting rights during the  existence of
     the loan, but would  call the loan in anticipation of an  important vote to
     be taken among  holders of the securities  or the giving or  withholding of
     their consent on a material matter affecting the  investment. As with other
     extensions of credit there are  risks of delay in recovery or even  loss of
     rights in  the securities loaned  if the  borrower of the  securities fails
     financially. However, the loans will  be made only to  organizations deemed
     by the  Portfolio's management  to be  of good  standing and  when, in  the
     judgment of  the Portfolio's  management,  the consideration  which can  be
     earned from  securities loans justifies  the attendant risk.  Distributions
     of any  income realized  by  the Portfolio  from securities  loans will  be
     taxable. If  the management  of the  Portfolio decides  to make  securities
     loans, it  is intended that  the value of  the securities loaned would  not
     exceed 30%  of the Portfolio's total  assets. The Portfolio has  no present
     intention of engaging in securities lending.    

     Futures Contracts

              A change  in the level of  interest rates may affect  the value of
     the securities held by  the Portfolio (or of securities that  the Portfolio
     expects  to  purchase).    To  hedge  against  changes  in   rates  or  for
     non-hedging purposes, the  Portfolio may  enter into (i)  futures contracts
     for  the purchase or  sale of  debt securities,  (ii) futures  contracts on
     securities  indices  and   (iii)  futures  contracts  on   other  financial

                                         B-13
<PAGE>






     instruments  and  indices.   All  futures  contracts  entered  into by  the
     Portfolio are traded on exchanges or boards of  trade that are licensed and
     regulated by the  Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC") and must be
     executed through a futures commission  merchant or brokerage firm  which is
     a member of  the relevant exchange.   The Portfolio may purchase  and write
     call and put  options on  futures contracts which  are traded  on a  United
     States or foreign exchange or board of trade.    

              The  Portfolio   will  engage  in  futures   and  related  options
     transactions  only  for  bona  fide  hedging  purposes  as  defined  in  or
     permitted  by CFTC  regulations.   The  Portfolio  will determine  that the
     price fluctuations  in the  futures contracts  and options  on futures  are
     substantially  related  to price  fluctuations  in securities  held  by the
     Portfolio  or  which it  expects  to  purchase.    The Portfolio's  futures
     transactions will be entered into  for traditional hedging purposes  - that
     is,  futures contracts will  be sold  to protect  against a decline  in the
     price of securities  that the Portfolio owns, or  futures contracts will be
     purchased  to protect the  Portfolio against  an increase  in the  price of
     securities it  intends to purchase.   As evidence  of this  hedging intent,
     the  Portfolio expects  that on 75%  or more  of the occasions  on which it
     takes a  long  futures (or  option)  position  (involving the  purchase  of
     futures contracts),  the Portfolio will  have purchased, or will  be in the
     process  of purchasing,  equivalent  amounts of  related securities  in the
     cash  market at the  time when the futures  (or option)  position is closed
     out.   However, in particular  cases, when it  is economically advantageous
     for the Portfolio  to do so, a long futures  position may be terminated (or
     an option  may expire)  without the  corresponding purchase  of securities.
     The Portfolio  will engage in  transactions in futures  and related options
     contracts only  to the  extent such  transactions are  consistent with  the
     requirements   of  the   Internal   Revenue   Code  for   maintaining   the
     qualification of each  of the Portfolio's investment company investors as a
     regulated  investment company  for  federal income  tax purposes  (see "Tax
     Status").    

              The Portfolio  will be  required, in connection  with transactions
     in futures contracts and  the writing of options on futures, to make margin
     deposits, which will be  held by the Portfolio's custodian for  the benefit
     of the  futures commission merchant  through whom the  Portfolio engages in
     such futures  and options  transactions.   Cash or  liquid high  grade debt
     securities required  to be segregated  in connection with  a "long" futures
     position  taken by the  Portfolio will also be  held by the  custodian in a
     segregated account and will be marked to market daily.

     Portfolio Turnover 

              The Portfolio  cannot  accurately predict  its portfolio  turnover
     rate, but it is  anticipated that the annual  turnover rate will  generally
     not exceed 100% (excluding turnover of securities  having a maturity of one
     year or  less).  A 100%  annual turnover rate would  occur, for example, if
     all the securities held  by the Portfolio were replaced once in a period of
     one year.    A high  turnover  rate  (100% or  more)  necessarily  involves
     greater expenses  to the  Portfolio.   The Portfolio  engages in  portfolio

                                         B-14
<PAGE>






     trading (including short-term trading)  if it  believes that a  transaction
     including all costs will help in achieving its investment objective.

     Investment Restrictions

              Whenever an investment policy  or investment restriction set forth
     in Part A or this Part B states a maximum percentage  of assets that may be
     invested in  any security or  other asset or  describes a  policy regarding
     quality  standards,  such  percentage  limitation  or   standard  shall  be
     determined  immediately  after  and   as  a   result  of  the   Portfolio's
     acquisition of  such  security or  other  asset.   Accordingly,  any  later
     increase or  decrease resulting from  a change  in values, assets  or other
     circumstances,  other than  a  subsequent  rating change  below  investment
     grade made by  a rating service, will  not compel the Portfolio  to dispose
     of such security or other asset.

              The Portfolio  has adopted  the following  investment restrictions
     which  may  not  be  changed without  the  approval  of  the  holders of  a
     "majority of the  outstanding voting securities" of the Portfolio, which as
     used  in this Part B means the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the outstanding
     voting  securities of  the Portfolio present  or represented by  proxy at a
     meeting  if  the  holders  of  more  than  50% of  the  outstanding  voting
     securities of the Portfolio  are present or  represented at the meeting  or
     (b) more  than 50% of the  outstanding voting securities  of the Portfolio.
     The  term  "voting  securities" as  used  in this  paragraph  has  the same
     meaning as in the 1940 Act.  The Portfolio may not:    

              (1)     Purchase  securities  on  margin  (but the  Portfolio  may
     obtain such short-term  credits as may  be necessary  for the clearance  of
     purchases  and  sales  of  securities).   The  deposit  or  payment  by the
     Portfolio  of  initial or  maintenance  margin in  connection  with futures
     contracts or related  options transactions  is not considered  the purchase
     of a security on margin;

              (2)     Make  short  sales  of  securities  or  maintain  a  short
     position, unless at all times when a  short position is open the  Portfolio
     owns an equal amount  of such securities or securities convertible  into or
     exchangeable, without payment of any further  consideration, for securities
     of the same issue  as, and equal in  amount to, the securities  sold short,
     and unless not more than 25%  of the net assets of the  Portfolio (taken at
     current value) is held as collateral for  such sales at any one time.  (The
     Portfolio  will  make   such  sales  only  for  the  purpose  of  deferring
     realization of gain or loss for federal income tax purposes);

              (3)     Purchase securities  of any  issuer if  such purchase,  at
     the  time  thereof, would  cause  more than  10%  of the  total outstanding
     voting securities of such issuer to be held by the Portfolio;

              (4)     Purchase or retain in its portfolio  any securities issued
     by  an  issuer any  of  whose  officers,  directors,  trustees or  security
     holders is  an officer  or Trustee  or is  a member,  officer, director  or
     trustee of any investment  adviser, if after the purchase of the securities

                                         B-15
<PAGE>






     of  such  issuer  by  the  Portfolio  one  or  more of  such  persons  owns
     beneficially more than  1/2  of 1% of the shares or securities or both (all
     taken  at market value)  of such issuer and  such persons  owning more than
     1/2 of 1% of such shares or securities together own beneficially more  than
     5% of such shares or securities or both (all taken at market value);

              (5)     Underwrite  or participate in  the marketing of securities
     of  others, except  insofar  as  it may  technically  be  deemed to  be  an
     underwriter  in selling a portfolio  security under circumstances which may
     require the registration  of the same under the  Securities Act of 1933, or
     participate on a joint  or a joint and several basis in any trading account
     in securities;

              (6)     Lend  any of  its  funds or  other  assets to  any person,
     directly or indirectly, except  (i) through repurchase agreements  and (ii)
     through the loan  of a portfolio security; (The purchase of a portion of an
     issue of  debt obligations,  whether or  not the  purchase is  made on  the
     original issuance, is not considered the making of a loan);

              (7)     Borrow money or pledge its assets in  excess of 1/3 of the
     value of its  net assets (excluding the  amount borrowed) and then  only if
     such borrowing  is incurred  as a  temporary measure  for extraordinary  or
     emergency  purposes  or  to  facilitate  the  orderly  sale  of   portfolio
     securities to  accommodate redemption requests;  or issue securities  other
     than  interests  in  the  Portfolio,  except  as  appropriate  to  evidence
     indebtedness, including reverse repurchase agreements, which  the Portfolio
     is  permitted to incur.   The Portfolio will  not purchase securities while
     outstanding borrowings, including reverse repurchase agreements, exceed  5%
     of its  total assets.   The deposit  of cash,  cash equivalents and  liquid
     debt securities in  a segregated account with  the custodian and/or  with a
     broker   in  connection   with  futures   contracts   or  related   options
     transactions and the  purchase of securities  on a  "when-issued" basis  is
     not deemed to be a pledge;

              (8)     Invest  for   the   purpose  of   exercising  control   or
     management of other companies;

              (9)     Purchase   or   sell  real   estate   (including   limited
     partnership  interests in  real estate,  but  excluding readily  marketable
     interests  in   real  estate  investment   trusts  or  readily   marketable
     securities  of companies which invest or deal  in real estate or securities
     which are secured by real estate);

              (10)    Purchase   or  sell   physical   commodities  or   futures
     contracts for the purchase or  sale of physical commodities,  provided that
     the Portfolio may enter into all  types of futures contracts on  securities
     and on securities,  economic and other  indices and may  purchase and  sell
     options on such futures contracts;

              (11)    Buy investment securities  from or sell them to any of the
     officers or  Trustees  of  the  Portfolio  or  its  investment  adviser  or
     placement agent, as principal;  however, any such person or concerns may be

                                         B-16
<PAGE>






     employed as a broker upon customary terms; or

              (12)    Purchase  oil, gas  or other  mineral  leases or  purchase
     partnership  interests  in  oil,  gas  or  other   mineral  exploration  or
     development programs.

              For  purposes of  the  investment restrictions  listed  above, the
     determination  of the  "issuer" of a  municipal obligation  which is  not a
     general  obligation bond  will be  made by  the Investment  Adviser on  the
     basis of the  characteristics of the obligation and other relevant factors,
     the most significant of  which is the source of funds committed  to meeting
     interest and principal payments of such obligation.

              The Portfolio has adopted  the following investment policies which
     may  be changed by  the Portfolio without approval  of its  investors.  The
     Portfolio may not invest  more than  15% of its  net assets in  investments
     which  are not  readily  marketable,  including restricted  securities  and
     repurchase  agreements  maturing  in  more  than seven  days.    Restricted
     securities for  the purposes of  this limitation do  not include securities
     eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under  the Securities Act of 1933
     and commercial paper issued pursuant to Section  4(2) of said Act that  the
     Board  of  Trustees,  or  its  delegate,  determines  to be  liquid.    The
     Portfolio may not  engage in options,  futures or  forward transactions  if
     more  than 5%  of its  net  assets, as  measured  by the  aggregate of  the
     premiums paid by the Portfolio, would be so invested.    

        
         

              In  order  to  permit the  sale  in  certain states  of  shares of
     certain  open-end   investment  companies  which   are  investors  in   the
     Portfolio,  the Portfolio  may  adopt policies  more  restrictive than  the
     policies described above.   Should the  Portfolio determine  that any  such
     policy  is no  longer  in  the best  interests  of  the Portfolio  and  its
     investors, it will revoke such policy.    

              On or  about December  8,  1995, proposals  will be  submitted  to
     investors  in the  Portfolio  that would  eliminate,  reclassify, or  amend
     certain of  the Portfolio's  fundamental investment  restrictions.  If  the
     proposals are  approved, fundamental investment  restrictions (3), (8)  and
     (11) above  will be  eliminated; fundamental  investment restrictions  (2),
     (4) and  (12)  above will  be  reclassified as  non-fundamental  investment
     restrictions; and  fundamental investment  restrictions (5),  (6), (7)  and
     (10) above will be amended to read as follows:    

              (5)     Underwrite or participate  in the marketing  of securities
     of  others, except  insofar  as  it may  technically  be  deemed to  be  an
     underwriter in selling  a portfolio security under circumstances  which may
     require the registration of the same under the Securities Act of 1933.    

              (6)     Make  loans to any person,  except by  (a) the acquisition
     of debt  instruments and  making portfolio investments,  (b) entering  into

                                         B-17
<PAGE>






     repurchase agreements and (c) lending portfolio securities.     

              (7)     Borrow  money  or  issue  senior   securities,  except  as
     permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940.    

              (10)    Purchase  or sell  physical commodities  or  contracts for
     the purchase or sale of physical commodities.    

        If the  proposals are approved,  the Portfolio's fundamental  investment
     restrictions will be reordered and renumbered.    

     Item 14.  Management of the Portfolio

              The  Trustees  and officers  of the  Portfolio  are  listed below.
     Except as  indicated, each individual  has held the  office shown or  other
     offices  in the same  company for  the last  five years.   Unless otherwise
     noted, the  business address  of  each Trustee  and officer  is 24  Federal
     Street,  Boston, Massachusetts  02110,  which is  also  the address  of the
     Portfolio's investment  adviser, Boston Management  and Research ("BMR"  or
     the "Investment  Adviser"), which  is a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of  Eaton
     Vance  Management ("Eaton  Vance"); of  Eaton Vance's  parent, Eaton  Vance
     Corp. ("EVC");  and of BMR's  and Eaton Vance's trustee,  Eaton Vance, Inc.
     ("EV").  Eaton  Vance and  EV are  both wholly-owned  subsidiaries of  EVC.
     Those Trustees  who are "interested  persons" of the  Portfolio, BMR, Eaton
     Vance,  EVC  or EV,  as  defined  in  the  1940 Act,  by  virtue  of  their
     affiliation with any  one or more of  the Portfolio, BMR, Eaton  Vance, EVC
     or EV, are indicated by an asterisk (*).    

                              TRUSTEES OF THE PORTFOLIO

        DONALD R. DWIGHT (64), Trustee
     President   of  Dwight   Partners,   Inc.   (a  corporate   relations   and
     communications  company)   founded  in  1988;  Chairman  of  the  Board  of
     Newspapers  of  New England,  Inc.  since  1983.   Director  or  Trustee of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR. 
     Address: Clover Mill Lane, Lyme, New Hampshire 03768    

        JAMES B. HAWKES (54), Vice President and Trustee*
     Executive Vice President  of BMR, Eaton Vance,  EVC and EV, and  a Director
     of EVC  and EV.   Director  or Trustee  and officer  of various  investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.    

        SAMUEL L. HAYES, III (60), Trustee
     Jacob  H.  Schiff  Professor  of  Investment  Banking,  Harvard  University
     Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration.   Director  or  Trustee  of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address:  Harvard  University Graduate  School of  Business Administration,
     Soldiers Field Road, Boston, Massachusetts 02134    

        NORTON H. REAMER (60), Trustee
     President  and Director,  United Asset  Management  Corporation, a  holding
     company  owning  institutional  investment   management  firms.   Chairman,

                                         B-18
<PAGE>






     President and Director, UAM  Funds (mutual funds).  Director  or Trustee of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: One International Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02110    

        JOHN L. THORNDIKE (69), Trustee
     Director, Fiduciary Company Incorporated.   Director or Trustee  of various
     investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: 175 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110    

        JACK L. TREYNOR (65), Trustee
     Investment  Adviser  and  Consultant.    Director  or  Trustee  of  various
     investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: 504 Via Almar, Palos Verdes Estates, California 90274    

                              OFFICERS OF THE PORTFOLIO

        THOMAS J. FETTER (52), President
     Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance and  EV.  Officer of various  investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.  Mr. Fetter was elected  President
     of the Portfolio on December 13, 1993.    

        TIMOTHY T. BROWSE (36), Vice President
     Vice  President of BMR and Eaton Vance  since 1993 and an employee of Eaton
     Vance since  1992.  Municipal  Bond Trader, Fidelity  Management & Research
     Company (1987-1992).   Officer of various investment  companies managed  by
     Eaton  Vance  or BMR.    Mr.  Browse  was  elected Vice  President  of  the
     Portfolio on June 19, 1995.    

        ROBERT B. MACINTOSH (38), Vice President
     Vice President  of BMR since August  11, 1992, and  of Eaton Vance  and EV.
     Employee  of Eaton  Vance since  March  8, 1991.    Fidelity Investments  -
     Portfolio Manager  (1986-1991).   Officer of  various investment  companies
     managed by Eaton  Vance or BMR.   Mr. MacIntosh was elected  Vice President
     of the Portfolio on March 22, 1993.    

        JAMES L. O'CONNOR (50), Treasurer
     Vice President of  BMR, Eaton Vance and EV.   Officer of various investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.    

        THOMAS OTIS (64), Secretary
     Vice President and Secretary of BMR,  Eaton Vance, EVC and EV.  Officer  of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.    

        JANET E. SANDERS (60), Assistant Secretary
     Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance and  EV.  Officer of various  investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.    

        A. JOHN MURPHY (32), Assistant Secretary
     Assistant Vice President  of BMR, Eaton Vance  and EV since March  1, 1994;
     employee of  Eaton Vance since  March 1993.   State Regulations Supervisor,
     The  Boston  Company  (1991-1993)  and  Registration  Specialist,  Fidelity
     Management  &  Research Co.  (1986-1991).   Officer  of  various investment

                                         B-19
<PAGE>






     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.  Mr. Murphy was elected  Assistant
     Secretary of the Portfolio on March 27, 1995.    

        ERIC G. WOODBURY (38), Assistant Secretary
     Vice  President of BMR,  Eaton Vance and EV  since February 1993; formerly,
     associate attorney at Dechert, Price & Rhoads  and Gaston & Snow.   Officer
     of various  investment  companies managed  by  Eaton  Vance or  BMR.    Mr.
     Woodbury  was elected  Assistant  Secretary of  the  Portfolio on  June 19,
     1995.    

              Messrs.  Thorndike (Chairman), Hayes and Reamer are members of the
     Special Committee  of  the Board  of  Trustees.   The  Special  Committee's
     functions  include  a  continuous review  of  the  Portfolio's  contractual
     relationship with  the Investment  Adviser, making  recommendations to  the
     Trustees regarding the compensation of  those Trustees who are  not members
     of  the  Eaton  Vance  organization,  and  making  recommendations  to  the
     Trustees regarding  candidates to fill  vacancies, as and  when they occur,
     in the ranks  of those  Trustees who are  not "interested  persons" of  the
     Portfolio or the Eaton Vance organization.    

              Messrs. Treynor  (Chairman) and  Dwight are  members of  the Audit
     Committee of  the  Board of  Trustees.    The Audit  Committee's  functions
     include making  recommendations to the Trustees  regarding the selection of
     the  independent certified  public  accountants,  and reviewing  with  such
     accountants  and  the  Treasurer  of  the  Portfolio  matters  relative  to
     accounting  and  auditing  practices and  procedures,  accounting  records,
     internal accounting controls, and the functions performed by  the custodian
     and transfer agent of the Portfolio.

              The fees and expenses of  those Trustees of the Portfolio who  are
     not  members of  the Eaton Vance  organization (the noninterested Trustees)
     are paid by the Portfolio.   (The Trustees of the Portfolio who are members
     of  the  Eaton  Vance   organization  receive  no  compensation   from  the
     Portfolio).   During the fiscal year ended July 31, 1995, the noninterested
     Trustees  of  the Portfolio  earned  the  following compensation  in  their
     capacities as  Trustees  of  the  Portfolio  and,  during  the  year  ended
     September 30, 1995,  earned the following compensation  in their capacities
     as Trustees of the other funds in the Eaton Vance fund complex(1):    

       
    <TABLE>
    <CAPTION>











                                                 B-20
<PAGE>






                            Aggregate
                            Compensation      Total Compensation 
    Name                    from Portfolio    from Fund Complex

    <S>                     <C>               <C>

    Donald R.
    Dwight                  $2,198(2)          $135,000(4)

    Samuel L.
    Hayes, III               2,219(3)          150,000(5)

    Norton H.
    Reamer                   2,229            135,000

    John L.
    Thorndike                2,325            140,000

    Jack L.
    Treynor                  2,300            140,000

    </TABLE>
        

       (1)  The  Eaton Vance fund  complex consists  of 211
          registered  investment   companies  or   series
          thereof.    
       (2)  Includes $525 of deferred compensation.    
       (3)  Includes $682 of deferred compensation.    
       (4)  Includes $35,000 of deferred compensation.    
       (5)  Includes $33,750 of deferred compensation.    


          Trustees   of   the  Portfolio   who   are  not
    affiliated with  BMR may  elect to  defer receipt  of
    all  or  a   percentage  of  their  annual   fees  in
    accordance with  the  terms  of a  Trustees  Deferred
    Compensation Plan (the  "Plan").  Under the  Plan, an
    eligible Trustee may elect to  have his deferred fees
    invested  by the  Portfolio in  the shares  of one or
    more funds in  the Eaton  Vance Family of  Funds, and
    the amount paid to  the Trustees under the  Plan will
    be  determined based  upon  the performance  of  such
    investments.     Deferral   of   Trustees'  fees   in
    accordance  with  the Plan  will  have  a  negligible
    effect on  the Portfolio's  assets, liabilities,  and
    net  income per  share,  and  will not  obligate  the
    Portfolio to  retain the services  of any Trustee  or
    obligate the  Portfolio to  pay any  particular level
    of compensation to the Trustee.    

          The  Portfolio's Declaration  of Trust provides

                             B-21
<PAGE>






    that  it will  indemnify  its Trustees  and  officers
    against   liabilities   and   expenses  incurred   in
    connection  with  litigation in  which  they  may  be
    involved  because   of   their   offices   with   the
    Portfolio, unless, as  to liability to the  Portfolio
    or  its  investors, it  is  finally  adjudicated that
    they  engaged  in  willful  misfeasance,  bad  faith,
    gross negligence or reckless disregard  of the duties
    involved in their offices, or  unless with respect to
    any other matter it is  finally adjudicated that they
    did not  act in good faith  in the  reasonable belief
    that their actions were in the  best interests of the
    Portfolio.     In  the  case   of  settlement,   such
    indemnification will  not be  provided unless  it has
    been determined  by a court  or other body  approving
    the  settlement   or  other  disposition,   or  by  a
    reasonable  determination,  based upon  a  review  of
    readily available  facts, by  vote of  a majority  of
    noninterested  Trustees  or in  a written  opinion of
    independent counsel,  that such officers  or Trustees
    have  not engaged in  willful misfeasance, bad faith,
    gross  negligence  or  reckless  disregard  of  their
    duties.

    Item 15.   Control  Persons and  Principal Holder  of
    Securities 

          As  of November 14,  1995, EV Marathon Michigan
    Tax  Free Fund  (the "Marathon  Fund"),  a series  of
    Eaton  Vance  Municipals  Trust, owned  approximately
    97.8% of  the value of  the outstanding interests  in
    the  Portfolio.  Because  the Marathon  Fund controls
    the  Portfolio,  it  may  take  actions  without  the
    approval of  any other investor.   The Marathon  Fund
    has  informed  the  Portfolio  that  whenever  it  is
    requested  to  vote  on  matters  pertaining  to  the
    fundamental policies  of the Portfolio,  it will hold
    a meeting of  shareholders and will cast its votes as
    instructed  by its shareholders.   It  is anticipated
    that any other investor in the Portfolio  which is an
    investment  company  registered under  the  1940  Act
    would follow the same or a similar practice.    

    Item 16.  Investment Advisory and Other Services

             Investment  Adviser.   The Portfolio engages
    BMR as investment  adviser pursuant to an  Investment
    Advisory Agreement  dated October 13,  1992.  BMR  or
    Eaton Vance acts as investment adviser to  investment
    companies  and  various individual  and institutional
    clients  with  combined  assets  under management  of
    approximately $16 billion.    

                             B-22
<PAGE>






          BMR manages the investments and  affairs of the
    Portfolio   subject  to   the   supervision  of   the
    Portfolio's Board of Trustees.   BMR furnishes to the
    Portfolio    investment    research,    advice    and
    supervision,  furnishes  an  investment  program  and
    determines what  securities will  be purchased,  held
    or sold by  the Portfolio and what  portion, if  any,
    of the  Portfolio's assets  will be held  uninvested.
    The Investment  Advisory  Agreement requires  BMR  to
    pay  the  salaries  and  fees  of  all  officers  and
    Trustees of the  Portfolio who are members of the BMR
    organization  and  all  personnel  of BMR  performing
    services   relating   to   research  and   investment
    activities.   The  Portfolio is  responsible for  all
    expenses not  expressly stated to  be payable by  BMR
    under  the Investment  Advisory Agreement, including,
    without   implied   limitation,   (i)   expenses   of
    maintaining   the   Portfolio   and  continuing   its
    existence, (ii) registration  of the Portfolio  under
    the 1940  Act,  (iii)  commissions,  fees  and  other
    expenses connected with the acquisition, holding  and
    disposition  of  securities  and  other  investments,
    (iv)  auditing, accounting  and  legal expenses,  (v)
    taxes and  interest,  (vi) governmental  fees,  (vii)
    expenses of issue,  sale and redemption  of interests
    in the Portfolio, (viii) expenses of  registering and
    qualifying   the  Portfolio  and   interests  in  the
    Portfolio  under  federal and  state  securities laws
    and   of   preparing   and   printing    registration
    statements or other offering statements or  memoranda
    for such  purposes and for  distributing the same  to
    investors, and fees  and expenses of  registering and
    maintaining registrations  of  the Portfolio  and  of
    the Portfolio's placement  agent as broker-dealer  or
    agent  under state securities  laws, (ix) expenses of
    reports and notices  to investors and of  meetings of
    investors  and  proxy  solicitations  therefor,   (x)
    expenses  of  reports to  governmental  officers  and
    commissions,   (xi)    insurance   expenses,    (xii)
    association  membership  dues, (xiii)  fees, expenses
    and  disbursements  of  custodians and  subcustodians
    for all services to the Portfolio (including  without
    limitation  safekeeping  for  funds,  securities  and
    other  investments, keeping  of  books, accounts  and
    records, and determination of net  asset values, book
    capital account  balances  and  tax  capital  account
    balances), (xiv) fees, expenses  and disbursements of
    transfer   agents,   dividend    disbursing   agents,
    investor servicing  agents  and  registrars  for  all
    services  to   the  Portfolio,   (xv)  expenses   for
    servicing  the  accounts  of  investors,  (xvi)   any
    direct charges to investors approved  by the Trustees

                             B-23
<PAGE>






    of the  Portfolio, (xvii)  compensation and  expenses
    of Trustees of the Portfolio  who are not members  of
    the  BMR organization, and  (xviii) such nonrecurring
    items  as may arise,  including expenses  incurred in
    connection  with  litigation, proceedings  and claims
    and the obligation of the  Portfolio to indemnify its
    Trustees,   officers   and  investors   with  respect
    thereto.    

          For a description of the  compensation that the
    Portfolio  pays  BMR under  the  Investment  Advisory
    Agreement, see "Management of the Portfolio"  in Part
    A.   As  at July  31,  1995,  the Portfolio  had  net
    assets of  $191,262,981.  For  the fiscal year  ended
    July 31, 1995,  the Portfolio paid BMR  advisory fees
    of $856,258  (equivalent to 0.44%  of the Portfolio's
    average daily  net assets  for such  year).  For  the
    ten months  ended July 31,  1994, the Portfolio  paid
    BMR  advisory fees  of $721,041  (equivalent to 0.43%
    (annualized)  of the  Portfolio's  average daily  net
    assets for  such period).   For  the period from  the
    start of  business, February 1,  1993, to the  fiscal
    year  ended September  30,  1993, the  Portfolio paid
    BMR advisory  fees of  $443,391 (equivalent to  0.42%
    (annualized)  of  the Portfolio's  average  daily net
    assets for such period).    

          The  Investment  Advisory  Agreement  with  BMR
    remains in  effect until February 28,  1996.   It may
    be  continued indefinitely thereafter so long as such
    continuance after  February 28,  1996 is approved  at
    least annually (i) by the  vote of a majority  of the
    Trustees  of  the Portfolio  who  are not  interested
    persons of the  Portfolio or of BMR cast in person at
    a  meeting  specifically  called for  the  purpose of
    voting on  such  approval and  (ii) by  the Board  of
    Trustees of the Portfolio  or by  vote of a  majority
    of   the  outstanding   voting   securities  of   the
    Portfolio.   The Agreement may  be terminated at  any
    time  without  penalty on  sixty  (60) days'  written
    notice by  the Board of Trustees  of either party, or
    by vote  of the  majority of  the outstanding  voting
    securities of  the Portfolio, and the  Agreement will
    terminate   automatically  in   the   event  of   its
    assignment.   The  Agreement  provides that  BMR  may
    render  services   to  others  and  engage  in  other
    business  activities   and  may  permit   other  fund
    clients  and other corporations  and organizations to
    use the  words  "Eaton Vance"  or "Boston  Management
    and Research"  in their  names.   The Agreement  also
    provides  that BMR shall not  be liable  for any loss
    incurred in  connection with  the performance of  its

                             B-24
<PAGE>






    duties,  or  action  taken  or   omitted  under  that
    Agreement,  in the  absence  of willful  misfeasance,
    bad  faith, gross  negligence in  the performance  of
    its duties or by reason of its  reckless disregard of
    its  obligations  and duties  thereunder, or  for any
    losses  sustained  in  the  acquisition,  holding  or
    disposition of any security or other investment.    

          BMR  is  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  Eaton
    Vance.   Eaton  Vance and  EV  are both  wholly-owned
    subsidiaries of  EVC.  BMR and  Eaton Vance  are both
    Massachusetts business trusts, and EV is  the trustee
    of BMR  and Eaton  Vance.   The Directors  of EV  are
    Landon  T.  Clay,  H. Day  Brigham,  Jr.,  M.  Dozier
    Gardner, James  B. Hawkes,  and Benjamin A.  Rowland,
    Jr.   The  Directors  of  EVC  consist  of  the  same
    persons and  John G.L. Cabot  and Ralph Z.  Sorenson.
    Mr. Clay  is chairman  and Mr.  Gardner is  president
    and chief executive officer of  EVC, BMR, Eaton Vance
    and EV.   All of the issued and outstanding shares of
    Eaton  Vance and  EV are  owned by  EVC.  All  of the
    issued and  outstanding shares  of BMR  are owned  by
    Eaton Vance.   All shares  of the outstanding  Voting
    Common Stock  of EVC are deposited in a Voting Trust,
    which  expires  on  December  31,  1996,  the  Voting
    Trustees  of   which  are   Messrs.  Clay,   Brigham,
    Gardner,  Hawkes and  Rowland.   The  Voting Trustees
    have  unrestricted voting rights  for the election of
    Directors  of EVC.   All  of  the outstanding  voting
    trust  receipts issued  under  said Voting  Trust are
    owned  by certain  of the  officers of  BMR and Eaton
    Vance who are also officers and Directors of EVC  and
    EV.   As of October  31, 1995,  Messrs. Clay, Gardner
    and  Hawkes  each  owned 24%  of  such  voting  trust
    receipts,  and Messrs. Rowland  and Brigham owned 15%
    and  13%,   respectively,   of  such   voting   trust
    receipts.   Messrs. Hawkes and  Otis are officers  or
    Trustees  of the  Portfolio and  are  members of  the
    EVC,  Investment   Adviser,   Eaton  Vance   and   EV
    organizations.    Messrs. Browse,  Fetter, MacIntosh,
    Murphy,  O'Connor and  Woodbury and  Ms.  Sanders are
    officers or  Trustees of the  Portfolio and are  also
    members   of   the   BMR,   Eaton    Vance   and   EV
    organizations.  BMR will receive  the fees paid under
    the Investment Advisory Agreement.    

          Eaton Vance  owns all of  the stock of  Energex
    Energy  Corp.,  which  is  engaged  in  oil  and  gas
    operations.   In addition,  Eaton Vance  owns all  of
    the  stock of  Northeast Properties,  Inc., which  is
    engaged in  real  estate investment,  consulting  and
    management.   EVC owns  all of the  stock of  Fulcrum

                             B-25
<PAGE>






    Management, Inc.  and MinVen Inc., which  are engaged
    in  the  development of  precious  metal  properties.
    EVC also  owns 21%  of the  Class A  shares of  Lloyd
    George  Management  (B.V.I.)  Limited,  a  registered
    investment adviser.   EVC,  BMR, Eaton  Vance and  EV
    may also enter into other businesses.    

          EVC and  its affiliates and their  officers and
    employees from time  to time  have transactions  with
    various  banks,  including   the  custodian  of   the
    Portfolio, Investors  Bank &  Trust Company.   It  is
    Eaton Vance's opinion  that the terms and  conditions
    of  such  transactions  were  not  and  will  not  be
    influenced  by  existing or  potential  custodial  or
    other relationships  between the  Portfolio and  such
    banks.

          Custodian.    Investors  Bank  & Trust  Company
    ("IBT"),  24  Federal Street,  Boston, Massachusetts,
    acts  as custodian  for the Portfolio.   IBT  has the
    custody  of all of  the Portfolio's assets, maintains
    the  general ledger  of the  Portfolio, and  computes
    the  daily  net  asset  value  of  interests  in  the
    Portfolio.   In such capacity  it attends to  details
    in connection with  the sale, exchange,  substitution
    or   transfer  of,   or  other   dealings  with,  the
    Portfolio's  investments, receives  and disburses all
    funds, and  performs various other ministerial duties
    upon  receipt   of  proper   instructions  from   the
    Portfolio.  IBT  charges fees  which are  competitive
    within  the industry.   A portion  of the fee relates
    to custody,  bookkeeping and  valuation services  and
    is based  upon a percentage  of Portfolio net  assets
    and  a  portion  of  the   fee  relates  to  activity
    charges,   primarily   the   number   of    portfolio
    transactions.   These  fees  are  then reduced  by  a
    credit  for   cash   balances   of   the   particular
    investment company at  the custodian equal to  75% of
    the 91-day, U.S.  Treasury Bill auction  rate applied
    to the  particular investment company's average daily
    collected balances  for the week.   Landon T. Clay, a
    Director of EVC  and an officer, Trustee  or Director
    of  other members  of the  Eaton Vance  organization,
    owns  approximately  13%   of  the   stock  of   IBT.
    Management  believes  that  such  ownership does  not
    create an  affiliated person relationship between the
    Portfolio  and  IBT  under the  1940  Act.    For the
    fiscal year ended  July 31, 1995, the  Portfolio paid
    IBT $1,944 for its services as custodian.    

          Independent   Certified   Public   Accountants.
    Deloitte  & Touche  LLP, 125  Summer Street,  Boston,

                             B-26
<PAGE>






    Massachusetts,  are the  independent certified public
    accountants   for  the   Portfolio,  providing  audit
    services, tax return preparation, and assistance  and
    consultation  with  respect  to  the  preparation  of
    filings with the Commission.    

    Item 17.  Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices

          Decisions   concerning    the   execution    of
    portfolio   security  transactions,   including   the
    selection of the  market and the executing  firm, are
    made  by  BMR.   BMR  is  also  responsible  for  the
    execution of  transactions  for  all  other  accounts
    managed by it.    

          BMR places the portfolio security  transactions
    of the  Portfolio and of  all other accounts  managed
    by it  for execution with  many firms.   BMR uses its
    best  efforts  to   obtain  execution  of   portfolio
    security    transactions   at    prices   which   are
    advantageous  to  the  Portfolio  and  at  reasonably
    competitive spreads or  (when a disclosed  commission
    is   being   charged)   at   reasonably   competitive
    commission  rates.   In seeking  such execution,  BMR
    will use  its best judgment  in evaluating the  terms
    of  a  transaction  and will  give  consideration  to
    various   relevant    factors   including,    without
    limitation, the  size  and type  of the  transaction,
    the  nature  and  character of  the  market  for  the
    security,  the  confidentiality, speed  and certainty
    of effective  execution required for the transaction,
    the  general  execution and  operational capabilities
    of  the executing firm,  the reputation, reliability,
    experience and financial condition  of the firm,  the
    value and  quality of  the services  rendered by  the
    firm  in   this  and  other  transactions,   and  the
    reasonableness of  the spread or  commission, if any.
    Municipal     obligations,     including     Michigan
    obligations, purchased  and sold by the Portfolio are
    generally traded in the over-the-counter market  on a
    net   basis   (i.e.,   without  commission)   through
    broker-dealers   and  banks  acting   for  their  own
    account rather than as brokers,  or otherwise involve
    transactions  directly   with  the  issuer   of  such
    obligations.  Such firms attempt  to profit from such
    transactions by buying  at the bid price  and selling
    at the  higher asked  price of  the  market for  such
    obligations, and the difference  between the bid  and
    asked  price  is  customarily  referred  to  as   the
    spread.   The Portfolio  may also purchase  municipal
    obligations  from underwriters, the cost of which may
    include  undisclosed  fees  and  concessions  to  the

                             B-27
<PAGE>






    underwriters.    While it  is  anticipated  that  the
    Portfolio   will   not   pay  significant   brokerage
    commissions   in   connection  with   such  portfolio
    security  transactions,   on  occasion   it  may   be
    necessary  or  appropriate  to  purchase  or  sell  a
    security  through a  broker on  an  agency basis,  in
    which  case  the  Portfolio  will incur  a  brokerage
    commission.    Although  spreads  or  commissions  on
    portfolio   security   transactions   will,  in   the
    judgment of  BMR, be  reasonable in  relation to  the
    value   of   the  services   provided,   spreads   or
    commissions exceeding those which another firm  might
    charge  may  be paid  to firms  who were  selected to
    execute  transactions on behalf  of the Portfolio and
    BMR's  other  clients  for  providing  brokerage  and
    research services to BMR.    

          As  authorized   in   Section  28(e)   of   the
    Securities Exchange Act  of 1934, a broker  or dealer
    who  executes a  portfolio transaction  on  behalf of
    the Portfolio  may receive a  commission which is  in
    excess of the amount of  commission another broker or
    dealer  would   have  charged   for  effecting   that
    transaction  if BMR  determines  in good  faith  that
    such commission  was reasonable  in  relation to  the
    value  of   the  brokerage   and  research   services
    provided.   This  determination may  be  made on  the
    basis of  either  that particular  transaction or  on
    the basis  of overall responsibilities which  BMR and
    its affiliates  have  for  accounts over  which  they
    exercise investment  discretion.  In making  any such
    determination,  BMR  will  not  attempt  to  place  a
    specific dollar value  on the brokerage and  research
    services  provided or  to determine  what  portion of
    the commission  should be  related to  such services.
    Brokerage and  research services  may include  advice
    as to  the value of  securities, the advisability  of
    investing in,  purchasing or selling  securities, and
    the  availability  of  securities  or  purchasers  or
    sellers   of  securities;   furnishing  analyses  and
    reports concerning  issuers, industries,  securities,
    economic  factors and trends,  portfolio strategy and
    the  performance  of  accounts; effecting  securities
    transactions  and  performing   functions  incidental
    thereto (such  as clearance and settlement);  and the
    "Research   Services"   referred  to   in   the  next
    paragraph.    

          It  is  a  common  practice of  the  investment
    advisory industry  and of the advisers  of investment
    companies,   institutions  and   other  investors  to
    receive   research,    statistical   and    quotation

                             B-28
<PAGE>






    services,  data,  information  and  other   services,
    products  and materials which assist such advisers in
    the performance of their investment  responsibilities
    ("Research Services") from broker-dealer firms  which
    execute  portfolio transactions  for  the clients  of
    such advisers and from third  parties with which such
    broker-dealers  have  arrangements.   Consistent with
    this practice,  BMR receives  Research Services  from
    many broker-dealer firms  with which  BMR places  the
    Portfolio's transactions  and from third parties with
    which these broker-dealers have  arrangements.  These
    Research Services  include  such matters  as  general
    economic  and  market reviews,  industry  and company
    reviews,  evaluations  of  securities  and  portfolio
    strategies  and  transactions and  recommendations as
    to  the purchase  and sale  of  securities and  other
    portfolio  transactions,   financial,  industry   and
    trade  publications,  news and  information services,
    pricing  and  quotation equipment  and  services, and
    research  oriented computer  hardware, software, data
    bases and services.  Any particular Research  Service
    obtained through a  broker-dealer may be used  by BMR
    in connection  with client accounts  other than those
    accounts    which    pay    commissions    to    such
    broker-dealer.   Any  such  Research  Service may  be
    broadly  useful and  of  value  to BMR  in  rendering
    investment advisory services  to all or a significant
    portion  of  its  clients, or  may  be  relevant  and
    useful  for  the  management  of  only  one  client's
    account  or of  a few  clients' accounts,  or may  be
    useful  for the  management of  merely  a segment  of
    certain clients' accounts, regardless  of whether any
    such  account  or accounts  paid  commissions to  the
    broker-dealer  through  which  such Research  Service
    was  obtained.     The  advisory  fee  paid   by  the
    Portfolio is  not reduced  because BMR receives  such
    Research Services.    BMR  evaluates the  nature  and
    quality  of the  various  Research Services  obtained
    through broker-dealer firms and attempts to  allocate
    sufficient  commissions to  such firms  to ensure the
    continued  receipt  of Research  Services  which  BMR
    believes  are useful or of  value to  it in rendering
    investment advisory services to its clients.    

          Subject to  the requirement that BMR  shall use
    its  best  efforts  to  seek  and  execute  portfolio
    security transactions  at advantageous prices  and at
    reasonably  competitive spreads  or commission rates,
    BMR  is  authorized to  consider as  a factor  in the
    selection of any firm with  whom portfolio orders may
    be placed  the fact  that such  firm has  sold or  is
    selling shares  of any  investment company  sponsored

                             B-29
<PAGE>






    by  BMR  or   Eaton  Vance.    This   policy  is  not
    inconsistent  with a rule of the National Association
    of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc.,  which rule  provides
    that  no firm  which is  a member  of the Association
    shall  favor or  disfavor the  distribution of shares
    of  any  particular investment  company  or  group of
    investment  companies   on  the  basis  of  brokerage
    commissions received  or expected  by such firm  from
    any source.    

          Municipal     obligations     considered     as
    investments   for   the   Portfolio   may   also   be
    appropriate for  other investment accounts managed by
    BMR or its affiliates.  BMR will attempt to  allocate
    equitably  portfolio security  transactions among the
    Portfolio  and the portfolios of its other investment
    accounts  purchasing municipal  obligations  whenever
    decisions are made to purchase  or sell securities by
    the  Portfolio and one or more of such other accounts
    simultaneously.    In making  such  allocations,  the
    main  factors  to  be considered  are  the respective
    investment  objectives  of  the  Portfolio  and  such
    other  accounts,  the  relative   size  of  portfolio
    holdings of  the same  or comparable securities,  the
    availability of  cash for investment by the Portfolio
    and   such   accounts,   the   size   of   investment
    commitments generally held  by the Portfolio and such
    accounts and the opinions of the persons  responsible
    for  recommending investments  to  the Portfolio  and
    such accounts.   While  this procedure  could have  a
    detrimental  effect on  the price  or  amount of  the
    securities  available to the  Portfolio from  time to
    time,  it  is the  opinion  of  the  Trustees of  the
    Portfolio that  the benefits available  from the  BMR
    organization  outweigh  any  disadvantage  that   may
    arise     from      exposure     to      simultaneous
    transactions.    

          For the  fiscal year ended  July 31, 1995,  for
    the  ten  months ended  July  31, 1994,  and  for the
    period from the start of  business, February 1, 1993,
    to  the fiscal  year ended  September  30, 1993,  the
    Portfolio paid  no brokerage commissions on portfolio
    transactions.    

    Item 18.  Capital Stock and Other Securities

          Under  the  Portfolio's  Declaration of  Trust,
    the Trustees  are  authorized to  issue interests  in
    the   Portfolio.      Investors   are   entitled   to
    participate  pro  rata  in  distributions of  taxable
    income,  loss,  gain and  credit  of  the  Portfolio.

                             B-30
<PAGE>






    Upon  dissolution  of  the  Portfolio,  the  Trustees
    shall  liquidate  the  assets  of  the Portfolio  and
    apply  and   distribute  the   proceeds  thereof   as
    follows: (a) first, to  the payment of all debts  and
    obligations  of   the  Portfolio  to   third  parties
    including,  without  limitation,  the  retirement  of
    outstanding debt, including any debt owed to  holders
    of record  of interests in the  Portfolio ("Holders")
    or   their   affiliates,   and   the   expenses    of
    liquidation, and  to the setting  up of any  reserves
    for contingencies  which may  be  necessary; and  (b)
    second,  in  accordance  with  the Holders'  positive
    Book Capital  Account balances  after adjusting  Book
    Capital Accounts for certain  allocations provided in
    the Declaration of  Trust and in accordance  with the
    requirements   described  in   Treasury   Regulations
    Section  1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2).     Notwithstanding
    the foregoing, if  the Trustees shall  determine that
    an immediate sale  of part or  all of  the assets  of
    the Portfolio would cause undue  loss to the Holders,
    the  Trustees, in  order  to  avoid such  loss,  may,
    after having  given notification to all  the Holders,
    to the extent not then  prohibited by the law  of any
    jurisdiction in  which the  Portfolio is then  formed
    or  qualified  and applicable  in  the circumstances,
    either  defer   liquidation  of  and   withhold  from
    distribution for a reasonable time  any assets of the
    Portfolio  except  those  necessary  to  satisfy  the
    Portfolio's debts  and obligations or  distribute the
    Portfolio's assets  to  the Holders  in  liquidation.
    Interests  in   the  Portfolio  have  no  preference,
    preemptive,  conversion  or similar  rights  and  are
    fully  paid  and nonassessable,  except as  set forth
    below.    Interests  in  the  Portfolio  may  not  be
    transferred.       Certificates    representing    an
    investor's interest in the Portfolio  are issued only
    upon the written request of a Holder.

          Each Holder is  entitled to vote  in proportion
    to  the amount  of  its  interest in  the  Portfolio.
    Holders do  not have cumulative  voting rights.   The
    Portfolio   is  not  required   and  has  no  current
    intention  to hold  annual meetings  of Holders,  but
    the Portfolio will  hold meetings of Holders  when in
    the  judgment  of  the  Portfolio's  Trustees  it  is
    necessary or  desirable to submit  matters to a  vote
    of Holders at  a meeting.   Any action  which may  be
    taken by  Holders may be  taken without a meeting  if
    Holders  holding  more  than  50%  of  all  interests
    entitled to  vote (or such larger  proportion thereof
    as shall  be required by any express provision of the
    Declaration  of Trust  of the  Portfolio) consent  to

                             B-31
<PAGE>






    the  action in  writing and  the  consents are  filed
    with the records of meetings of Holders.

          The  Portfolio's  Declaration of  Trust  may be
    amended by  vote of Holders  of more than  50% of all
    interests in the Portfolio at  any meeting of Holders
    or by  an instrument  in writing  without a  meeting,
    executed by a majority of  the Trustees and consented
    to by the  Holders of more than 50% of all interests.
    The Trustees may also amend  the Declaration of Trust
    (without the  vote or consent  of Holders) to  change
    the   Portfolio's   name  or   the  state   or  other
    jurisdiction whose  law shall be  the governing  law,
    to  supply   any   omission  or   cure,  correct   or
    supplement  any ambiguous,  defective or inconsistent
    provision,  to conform  the  Declaration of  Trust to
    applicable  federal  law or  regulations  or  to  the
    requirements  of the  Internal  Revenue  Code, or  to
    change,  modify  or rescind  any  provision, provided
    that  such  change,  modification  or  rescission  is
    determined  by  the  Trustees  to  be  necessary   or
    appropriate  and not  to  have a  materially  adverse
    effect  on the  financial  interests of  the Holders.
    No amendment of the Declaration  of Trust which would
    change  any  rights  with  respect  to  any  Holder's
    interest  in  the Portfolio  by  reducing the  amount
    payable thereon  upon  liquidation of  the  Portfolio
    may be made, except with  the vote or consent  of the
    Holders of  two-thirds of all interests.   References
    in the Declaration  of Trust and  in Part  A or  this
    Part B to a specified percentage of,  or fraction of,
    interests  in  the  Portfolio,  means  Holders  whose
    combined  Book  Capital  Account  balances  represent
    such  specified   percentage  or   fraction  of   the
    combined Book  Capital Account balance  of all, or  a
    specified group of, Holders.    

          The  Portfolio may  merge  or consolidate  with
    any other  corporation, association,  trust or  other
    organization   or  may   sell  or   exchange  all  or
    substantially all of  its assets upon such  terms and
    conditions and  for  such consideration  when and  as
    authorized by the Holders of  (a) 67% or more  of the
    interests  in the Portfolio present or represented at
    the  meeting of Holders, if  Holders of more than 50%
    of  all  interests  are  present  or  represented  by
    proxy,  or  (b)  more  than  50%  of  all  interests,
    whichever is less.   The Portfolio may  be terminated
    (i)  by the  affirmative vote of  Holders of not less
    than two-thirds  of all interests  at any meeting  of
    Holders  or by  an instrument  in  writing without  a
    meeting, executed by  a majority of the  Trustees and

                             B-32
<PAGE>






    consented to by  Holders of not less  than two-thirds
    of all interests,  or (ii) by the Trustees by written
    notice to the Holders.

          In accordance  with the  Declaration of  Trust,
    there normally will  be no meetings of  the investors
    for  the  purpose  of  electing Trustees  unless  and
    until  such  time as  less  than  a majority  of  the
    Trustees  holding   office  have   been  elected   by
    investors.   In such  an event,  the Trustees  of the
    Portfolio  then in  office  will  call an  investors'
    meeting for  the election  of Trustees.   Except  for
    the foregoing  circumstances, and  unless removed  by
    action  of  the  investors  in  accordance  with  the
    Portfolio's Declaration of Trust, the Trustees  shall
    continue  to hold  office  and may  appoint successor
    Trustees.    

          The  Declaration  of  Trust  provides  that  no
    person shall serve as a  Trustee if investors holding
    two-thirds of the outstanding interests have  removed
    him from that office either  by a written declaration
    or  by  votes  cast  at  a  meeting called  for  that
    purpose.   The Declaration of Trust  further provides
    that under certain  circumstances, the investors  may
    call  a meeting  to  remove a  Trustee  and that  the
    Portfolio  is  required  to  provide  assistance   in
    communicating with  investors about  such a  meeting.
        

          The  Portfolio is  organized as  a trust  under
    the laws of the State of New York.   Investors in the
    Portfolio  will  be held  personally  liable for  its
    obligations  and  liabilities,  subject, however,  to
    indemnification by  the Portfolio  in the  event that
    there is imposed  upon an investor a  greater portion
    of the  liabilities and obligations  of the Portfolio
    than  its proportionate  interest  in the  Portfolio.
    The  Portfolio  intends  to  maintain  fidelity   and
    errors  and omissions   insurance  deemed adequate by
    the Trustees.   Therefore,  the risk  of an  investor
    incurring  financial  loss  on  account  of  investor
    liability is  limited to circumstances in  which both
    inadequate insurance exists and  the Portfolio itself
    is unable to meet its obligations.    

          The Declaration of Trust  further provides that
    obligations  of the  Portfolio are  not  binding upon
    the Trustees individually but only upon the  property
    of the Portfolio  and that  the Trustees will  not be
    liable for  any action or failure to act, but nothing
    in  the  Declaration  of  Trust  protects  a  Trustee

                             B-33
<PAGE>






    against any liability to which  he would otherwise be
    subject  by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith,
    gross  negligence,  or  reckless  disregard  of   the
    duties involved in the conduct of his office.

    Item  19.     Purchase,  Redemption  and  Pricing  of
    Securities 

          Interests in  the Portfolio  are issued  solely
    in  private  placement   transactions  that  do   not
    involve any "public  offering" within the  meaning of
    Section  4(2) of  the Securities  Act of  1933.   See
    "Purchase  of   Interests  in   the  Portfolio"   and
    "Redemption or Decrease of Interest" in Part A.

    Item 20.  Tax Status

          The Portfolio has  been advised by  tax counsel
    that,  provided  the  Portfolio is  operated  at  all
    times  during   its  existence  in   accordance  with
    certain  organizational  and  operational  documents,
    the Portfolio  should be classified as  a partnership
    under the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended
    (the  "Code"),  and  it should  not  be  a  "publicly
    traded  partnership"  within the  meaning  of Section
    7704 of the  Code.  Consequently, the  Portfolio does
    not  expect  that  it  will be  required  to  pay any
    federal  income tax, and a Holder will be required to
    take into  account in determining its  federal income
    tax liability its  share of  the Portfolio's  income,
    gains,   losses,   deductions   and  tax   preference
    items.    

          Under Subchapter K of  the Code, a  partnership
    is  considered  to  be either  an  aggregate  of  its
    members  or  a separate  entity  depending  upon  the
    factual  and  legal  context  in  which the  question
    arises. Under  the aggregate  approach, each  partner
    is treated  as an owner  of an undivided interest  in
    partnership assets and  operations. Under the  entity
    approach, the  partnership is treated  as a  separate
    entity in which  partners have no direct  interest in
    partnership assets  and operations. The Portfolio has
    been advised  by tax counsel  that, in the  case of a
    Holder that seeks to qualify as a RIC,  the aggregate
    approach  should apply, and  each such  Holder should
    accordingly  be deemed  to own  a proportionate share
    of each  of the  assets of  the Portfolio  and to  be
    entitled  to  the  gross  income  of  the   Portfolio
    attributable  to  that  share  for  purposes  of  all
    requirements  of Sections 851(b) and 852(b)(5) of the
    Code. Further, the Portfolio has  been advised by tax

                             B-34
<PAGE>






    counsel that each  Holder that seeks to  qualify as a
    RIC should be deemed to  hold its proportionate share
    of  the   Portfolio's  assets  for  the   period  the
    Portfolio has held the  assets or for the period  the
    Holder  has  been  an  investor  in   the  Portfolio,
    whichever is shorter. Investors should consult  their
    tax  advisers  regarding  whether the  entity  or the
    aggregate  approach applies  to  their investment  in
    the  Portfolio  in  light  of  their  particular  tax
    status  and  any  special  tax  rules  applicable  to
    them.    

          In order  to enable a  Holder in the  Portfolio
    that is  otherwise eligible to qualify  as a RIC, the
    Portfolio  intends  to  satisfy  the requirements  of
    Subchapter  M of  the  Code  relating to  sources  of
    income and diversification of assets  as if they were
    applicable  to  the  Portfolio  and  to  allocate and
    permit withdrawals  in a  manner that  will enable  a
    Holder  which   is  a  RIC   to  comply  with   those
    requirements.   The Portfolio  will allocate at least
    annually  to each  Holder its  distributive share  of
    the Portfolio's  net taxable (if  any) and tax-exempt
    investment income,  net realized  capital gains,  and
    any other items  of income, gain, loss,  deduction or
    credit in a  manner intended to comply with  the Code
    and applicable  Treasury  regulations.   Tax  counsel
    has  advised   the  Portfolio  that  the  Portfolio's
    allocations of  taxable income  and loss should  have
    "economic   effect"    under   applicable    Treasury
    regulations.    

          To  the  extent   the  cash  proceeds  of   any
    withdrawal  (or,  under  certain circumstances,  such
    proceeds plus the value of any marketable  securities
    distributed  to  an  investor)  ("liquid   proceeds")
    exceed a Holder's  adjusted basis of his  interest in
    the Portfolio,  the Holder  will generally realize  a
    gain  for federal  income tax  purposes.  If, upon  a
    complete   withdrawal   (redemption  of   the  entire
    interest),  the   Holder's  adjusted  basis   of  his
    interest  exceeds   the  liquid   proceeds  of   such
    withdrawal, the Holder will generally  realize a loss
    for  federal   income   tax   purposes.     The   tax
    consequences of a withdrawal of  property (instead of
    or in addition to liquid  proceeds) will be different
    and   will    depend   on   the    specific   factual
    circumstances.   A  Holder's  adjusted  basis  of  an
    interest  in  the  Portfolio  will generally  be  the
    aggregate   prices   paid  therefor   (including  the
    adjusted basis  of contributed property  and any gain
    recognized on  such contribution),  increased by  the

                             B-35
<PAGE>






    amounts of  the Holder's distributive share  of items
    of  income  (including interest  income  exempt  from
    federal  income tax)  and realized  net  gain of  the
    Portfolio, and  reduced, but not  below zero, by  (i)
    the  amounts  of the  Holder's distributive  share of
    items of Portfolio loss,  and (ii) the amount  of any
    cash   distributions  (including   distributions   of
    interest income  exempt from  federal income tax  and
    cash   distributions   on   withdrawals   from    the
    Portfolio)  and  the  basis  to  the  Holder  of  any
    property  received  by  such  Holder  other  than  in
    liquidation,  and  (iii)  the  Holder's  distributive
    share  of the  Portfolio's nondeductible expenditures
    not   properly   chargeable   to   capital   account.
    Increases or  decreases in  a Holder's  share of  the
    Portfolio's   liabilities   may   also   result    in
    corresponding   increases   or   decreases  in   such
    adjusted basis.   Distributions of liquid proceeds in
    excess of a  Holder's adjusted basis in  its interest
    in the Portfolio immediately  prior thereto generally
    will result in the recognition of  gain to the Holder
    in the amount of such excess.     

          The Portfolio may acquire zero  coupon or other
    securities issued with  original issue discount.   As
    the  holder of  those securities,  the Portfolio must
    account  for  the original  issue  discount  (even on
    municipal securities)  that accrues on the securities
    during  the taxable  year,  even  if it  receives  no
    corresponding payment  on the  securities during  the
    year.   Because  each Holder  that is  a RIC annually
    must distribute  substantially all of  its investment
    company taxable  income  and net  tax-exempt  income,
    including  any  original issue  discount,  to qualify
    for  treatment  as a  RIC,  any  such Holder  may  be
    required in  a particular  year to  distribute as  an
    "exempt-interest dividend"  an amount that is greater
    than its proportionate  share of the total  amount of
    cash  the   Portfolio  actually   receives.     Those
    distributions  will  be made  from the  Holder's cash
    assets, if  any, or from  its proportionate share  of
    the Portfolio's cash assets or  the proceeds of sales
    of  the Portfolio's  securities, if  necessary.   The
    Portfolio may realize  capital gains  or losses  from
    those  sales, which  would increase  or decrease  the
    investment company  taxable income and/or net capital
    gain (the excess  of net long-term capital  gain over
    net short-term  capital loss) of  a Holder that is  a
    RIC.  In  addition, any such gains may be realized on
    the  disposition of  securities  held for  less  than
    three  months.  Because of the Short-Short Limitation
    (defined  below), any  such  gains would  reduce  the

                             B-36
<PAGE>






    Portfolio's ability  to  sell  other  securities,  or
    options or  futures  contracts,  held for  less  than
    three  months  that it  might  wish  to sell  in  the
    ordinary course of its portfolio management.    

          Investments   in   lower   rated   or   unrated
    securities may  present  special tax  issues for  the
    Portfolio and hence  to an investor in  the Portfolio
    to the extent  actual or anticipated defaults  may be
    more likely  with respect  to such  securities.   Tax
    rules are  not entirely  clear about  issues such  as
    when  the  Portfolio may  cease  to accrue  interest,
    original  issue  discount, or  market  discount; when
    and to what  extent deductions  may be taken  for bad
    debts or worthless securities; how payments  received
    on  obligations  in   default  should  be   allocated
    between principal  and income; and  whether exchanges
    of  debt  obligations   in  a  workout   context  are
    taxable.    

          In  order for  a  Holder that  is  a RIC  to be
    entitled to  pay the  tax-exempt interest income  the
    Portfolio   allocates   to   it  as   exempt-interest
    dividends  to  its  shareholders,  the  Holder   must
    satisfy   certain    requirements,   including    the
    requirement that,  at the  close of  each quarter  of
    its taxable  year, at least  50% of the  value of its
    total assets consists of obligations the interest  on
    which is  excludable from gross income  under Section
    103(a)  of  the  Code.    The  Portfolio  intends  to
    concentrate   its  investments   in  such  tax-exempt
    obligations to an extent that will enable a RIC  that
    invests  its  investable assets  in the  Portfolio to
    satisfy this 50% requirement.      

          Interest  on  certain municipal  obligations is
    treated  as a tax preference item for purposes of the
    federal alternative  minimum tax.   Holders that  are
    required  to  file  federal  income  tax  returns are
    required to report  tax-exempt interest allocated  to
    them by the Portfolio on such returns.    

          From   time   to  time   proposals   have  been
    introduced  before   Congress  for  the   purpose  of
    restricting or  eliminating  the federal  income  tax
    exemption for  interest on certain types of municipal
    obligations,  and  it can  be  expected that  similar
    proposals may  be introduced  in the  future.   Under
    federal tax legislation enacted in 1986, the  federal
    income  tax   exemption  for   interest  on   certain
    municipal  obligations was  eliminated or restricted.
    As a result of such  legislation, the availability of

                             B-37
<PAGE>






    municipal   obligations   for   investment   by   the
    Portfolio  and the  value  of  the Portfolio  may  be
    affected.    

          In the course of managing its  investments, the
    Portfolio  may realize some  short-term and long-term
    capital gains (and/or  losses) as a result  of market
    transactions,    including   sales    of    portfolio
    securities  and rights to  when-issued securities and
    options and futures transactions.   The Portfolio may
    also realize  taxable income from  certain short-term
    taxable  obligations, securities loans,  a portion of
    original  issue  discount  with  respect  to  certain
    stripped  municipal  obligations  or  their  stripped
    coupons   and   certain   realized   accrued   market
    discount.  Any  allocations of such capital  gains or
    other taxable income  to Holders would be  taxable to
    Holders that  are  subject to  tax.   However, it  is
    expected  that such  amounts, if  any, would normally
    be  insubstantial  in  relation   to  the  tax-exempt
    interest earned by the Portfolio.    

          The  Portfolio's  transactions  in options  and
    futures  contracts will  be  subject to  special  tax
    rules  that  may   affect  the  amount,   timing  and
    character of  its items of  income, gain or loss  and
    hence  the allocations  of such  items  to investors.
    For example, certain positions held by the  Portfolio
    on the  last business day of  each taxable  year will
    be marked to  market (i.e., treated as if  closed out
    on  such day),  and any  resulting gain  or loss will
    generally  be   treated  as  60%  long-term  and  40%
    short-term capital gain  or loss.  Certain  positions
    held  by  the Portfolio  that  substantially diminish
    the Portfolio's  risk of loss  with respect to  other
    positions    in   its    portfolio   may   constitute
    "straddles," which are subject to  tax rules that may
    cause deferral  of Portfolio  losses, adjustments  in
    the  holding  period  of  Portfolio  securities   and
    conversion  of  short-term  into  long-term   capital
    losses. 
       
        

          Income   from   transactions  in   options  and
    futures  contracts  derived  by  the  Portfolio  with
    respect  to its  business of  investing in securities
    will qualify  as permissible income  for its  Holders
    that are  RICs under  the requirement  that at  least
    90%  of  a  RIC's  gross  income  each  taxable  year
    consist  of  specified  types  of  income.   However,
    income  from  the disposition  by  the  Portfolio  of

                             B-38
<PAGE>






    options  and futures  contracts  held for  less  than
    three  months  will  be  subject  to the  requirement
    applicable to those  Holders that less than 30%  of a
    RIC's  gross  income  each  taxable  year  consist of
    certain      short-term      gains      ("Short-Short
    Limitation").    

          If    the    Portfolio     satisfies    certain
    requirements,  any increase  in  value of  a position
    that is part  of a "designated hedge"  will be offset
    by any  decrease in value  (whether realized or  not)
    of the offsetting hedging position during  the period
    of the hedge for purposes  of determining whether the
    Holders  that   are  RICs  satisfy   the  Short-Short
    Limitation.   Thus, only the  net gain  (if any) from
    the  designated  hedge  will  be  included  in  gross
    income  for   purposes  of  that  limitation.     The
    Portfolio will  consider whether  it  should seek  to
    qualify for this  treatment for its hedging  transac-
    tions.   To  the  extent the  Portfolio  does not  so
    qualify, it  may be forced  to defer the closing  out
    of  options and  futures  contracts beyond  the  time
    when it otherwise would be advantageous to do so,  in
    order  for  Holders  that are  RICs  to  continue  to
    qualify as such.    

          Interest on indebtedness incurred or  continued
    by  an investor to purchase or carry an investment in
    the Portfolio is not deductible  to the extent it  is
    deemed  attributable  to  the investor's  investment,
    through  the  Portfolio,  in tax-exempt  obligations.
    Further,  persons  who are  "substantial  users"  (or
    persons   related   to   "substantial   users")    of
    facilities  financed  by  industrial  development  or
    private  activity  bonds  should  consult  their  tax
    advisers   before   investing   in   the   Portfolio.
    "Substantial user"  is defined in applicable Treasury
    regulations  to  include a  "non-exempt  person"  who
    regularly  uses in  trade  or business  a  part of  a
    facility  financed  from the  proceeds  of industrial
    development bonds and  would likely be interpreted to
    include  private  activity  bonds  issued to  finance
    similar facilities.

          An  entity that  is  treated as  a  partnership
    under the Code,  such as the Portfolio,  is generally
    treated as  a partnership under  state and local  tax
    laws, but  certain states may  have different  entity
    classification  criteria  and may  therefore  reach a
    different conclusion.   Entities that  are classified
    as partnerships  are not treated  as separate taxable
    entities under  most state  and local  tax laws,  and

                             B-39
<PAGE>






    the  income of  a  partnership  is considered  to  be
    income of partners  both in timing and  in character.
    The exemption  of interest income for  federal income
    tax   purposes   does  not   necessarily   result  in
    exemption under  the income or tax  laws of any state
    or local taxing authority.   The laws of  the various
    states  and  local   taxing  authorities  vary   with
    respect to the  taxation of such interest  income, as
    well  as to  the  status  of a  partnership  interest
    under state and local  tax laws,  and each holder  of
    an interest  in the Portfolio  is advised to  consult
    his own tax adviser.    

          The foregoing  discussion does not  address the
    special tax  rules applicable  to certain classes  of
    investors,  such  as  tax-exempt entities,  insurance
    companies  and  financial  institutions.    Investors
    should  consult their own  tax advisers  with respect
    to  special  tax  rules  that   may  apply  in  their
    particular situations,  as well as  the state,  local
    or  foreign  tax  consequences  of investing  in  the
    Portfolio.

    Item 21.  Underwriters

          The placement agent for the Portfolio  is Eaton
    Vance   Distributors,   Inc.,   which   receives   no
    compensation   for   serving   in   this    capacity.
    Investment  companies,  common  and commingled  trust
    funds  and  similar  organizations  and entities  may
    continuously invest in the Portfolio.    

    Item 22.  Calculation of Performance Data

    Not applicable.

    Item 23.  Financial Statements

          The  following audited  financial statements of
    the  Portfolio,  which  are included  in  the  Annual
    Report to  Shareholders of EV  Marathon Michigan  Tax
    Free  Fund for the fiscal  year ended  July 31, 1995,
    are incorporated  by reference into  this Part B  and
    have  been  so  incorporated  in  reliance  upon  the
    report  of  Deloitte  and  Touche  LLP,   independent
    certified   public   accountants,   as   experts   in
    accounting and auditing.    

          Portfolio  of  Investments   as  of  July   31,
          1995    
          Statement  of Assets and Liabilities as of July
          31, 1995    

                             B-40
<PAGE>






          Statement  of  Operations for  the  fiscal year
          ended July 31, 1995    
          Statement  of Changes  in  Net Assets  for  the
          fiscal year  ended July 31,  1995, for the  ten
          months ended July 31, 1994,  and for the period
          from the start of  business, February 1,  1993,
          to September 30, 1993    
          Supplementary Data  for the  fiscal year  ended
          July 31,  1995, for the  ten months ended  July
          31,  1994, and for the period from the start of
          business, February  1, 1993,  to September  30,
          1993    
          Notes to Financial Statements    
          Independent Auditors' Report    

          For  purposes  of  the  EDGAR  filing  of  this
    amendment to the Portfolio's registration  statement,
    the Portfolio  incorporates  by reference  the  above
    audited   financial   statements  of   the  Portfolio
    contained in the Annual Report  to Shareholders of EV
    Marathon Michigan Tax  Free Fund for the  fiscal year
    ended   July    31,   1995,   as   previously   filed
    electronically with the Commission (Accession  Number
    0000950135-95-001995).    





























                             B-41
<PAGE>






                          APPENDIX

             Description of Securities Ratings+

               Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

    Municipal Bonds

    Aaa: Bonds  which are rated  Aaa are judged  to be of
    the  best quality.  They carry the smallest degree of
    investment  risk and  are  generally  referred to  as
    "gilt edged."   Interest payments are protected  by a
    large  or  by  an  exceptionally  stable  margin  and
    principal is  secure.   While the  various protective
    elements are  likely to change,  such changes as  can
    be   visualized  are  most  unlikely  to  impair  the
    fundamentally strong position of such issues.

    Aa: Bonds  which are  rated Aa  are judged  to be  of
    high quality  by all  standards.   Together with  the
    Aaa group they  comprise what are generally  known as
    high  grade  bonds.   They are  rated lower  than the
    best bonds because  margins of protection may  not be
    as  large as  in  Aaa  securities or  fluctuation  of
    protective  elements may be  of greater  amplitude or
    there may  be other elements  present which make  the
    long term  risk appear somewhat  larger than the  Aaa
    securities.

    A: Bonds  which are  rated A  possess many  favorable
    investment  attributes and  are to  be considered  as
    upper-medium-grade  obligations.     Factors   giving
    security to  principal  and interest  are  considered
    adequate, but elements may  be present which  suggest
    a  susceptibility  to  impairment   sometime  in  the
    future.

    Baa:  Bonds which  are rated  Baa  are considered  as
    medium-grade  obligations  (i.e.,  they  are  neither
    highly  protected  nor  poorly  secured).    Interest
    payments and  principal security appear  adequate for
    the present  but certain  protective elements  may be
    lacking or  may be characteristically unreliable over
    any  great   length  of  time.     Such  bonds   lack
    outstanding  investment  characteristics and  in fact
    have speculative characteristics as well.

    Ba:  Bonds which  are  rated Ba  are  judged to  have
    speculative   elements;   their   future  cannot   be
    considered as well assured.   Often the protection of
    interest  and principal payments may be very moderate
    and thereby  not well  safeguarded during other  good

                             B-42
<PAGE>






    and  bad  times  over the  future.    Uncertainty  of
    position characterizes bonds in this class.

    + The  ratings indicated  herein are  believed to  be
    the  most recent  ratings available  at  the date  of
    this   Registration  Statement   for  the  securities
    listed.   Ratings are  generally given  to securities
    at the time  of issuance.  While the  rating agencies
    may  from time  to  time  revise such  ratings,  they
    undertake no  obligation to  do so,  and the  ratings
    indicated do not necessarily  represent ratings which
    would be  given to  these securities  on the date  of
    the Portfolio's fiscal year end.

    B:   Bonds  which   are   rated  B   generally   lack
    characteristics   of   the    desirable   investment.
    Assurance of  interest and  principal payments or  of
    maintenance of other  terms of the contract  over any
    long period of time may be small.

    Caa: Bonds which are rated Caa  are of poor standing.
    Such  issues  may  be  in default  or  there  may  be
    present  elements of danger with respect to principal
    or interest.

    Ca:  Bonds which  are rated  Ca represent obligations
    which are speculative in a high degree.   Such issues
    are   often   in   default  or   have   other  marked
    shortcomings.

    C:  Bonds  which are  rated  C are  the  lowest rated
    class of  bonds, and issues so  rated can be regarded
    as having extremely poor prospects of  ever attaining
    any real investment standing.

    Absence of Rating: Where no  rating has been assigned
    or where  a rating has  been suspended or  withdrawn,
    it  may be  for reasons unrelated  to the  quality of
    the issue. 

    Should no  rating be assigned, the  reason may be one
    of the following:

          1.    An   application   for  rating   was  not
                received or accepted.
          2.    The  issue or issuer  belongs to  a group
                of securities  or companies that  are not
                rated as a matter of policy.
          3.    There  is  a   lack  of  essential   data
                pertaining to the issue or issuer.
          4.    The issue was privately placed, in  which
                case  the  rating  is  not  published  in

                             B-43
<PAGE>






                Moody's publications.

    Suspension  or  withdrawal  may  occur   if  new  and
    material circumstances  arise, the  effects of  which
    preclude  satisfactory  analysis;  if   there  is  no
    longer   available  reasonable   up-to-date  data  to
    permit a judgment to be  formed; if a bond  is called
    for redemption; or for other reasons.

    Note:   Moody's  applies numerical  modifiers, 1,  2,
    and 3 in  each generic rating classification  from Aa
    through B in  its corporate bond rating system.   The
    modifier 1 indicates  that the security ranks  in the
    higher  end  of  its  generic  rating  category;  the
    modifier  2 indicates  a mid-range  ranking; and  the
    modifier  3 indicates  that the  issue  ranks in  the
    lower end of its generic rating category.

    Municipal Short-Term Obligations

    Ratings:   Moody's  ratings for  state and  municipal
    short-term  obligations  will  be designated  Moody's
    Investment Grade or  (MIG).   Such rating  recognizes
    the differences  between short  term credit risk  and
    long term risk.   Factors affecting the  liquidity of
    the  borrower  and short  term cyclical  elements are
    critical in short term  ratings, while other  factors
    of major importance  in bond risk, long  term secular
    trends for  example, may be  less important over  the
    short run.

    A short term  rating may also be assigned on an issue
    having   a  demand  feature,   variable  rate  demand
    obligation (VRDO).  Such  ratings will be  designated
    as VMIGI, SG or if  the demand feature is  not rated,
    NR.    A  short  term rating  on  issues  with demand
    features are differentiated  by the use of  the VMIGI
    symbol  to reflect  such  characteristics as  payment
    upon  periodic  demand  rather  than  fixed  maturity
    dates and  payment  relying  on  external  liquidity.
    Additionally, investors should be  alert to the  fact
    that  the source  of payment  may  be limited  to the
    external liquidity with no or  limited legal recourse
    to the issuer in the event the demand is not met.

    Commercial Paper

    Moody's commercial paper  ratings are opinions of the
    ability  of  issuers to  repay  punctually promissory
    obligations  not  having  an   original  maturity  in
    excess of 365 days.


                             B-44
<PAGE>






    Issuers  (or  supporting institutions)  rated Prime-1
    (P-1)  have  a  superior  ability  for  repayment  of
    senior short-term  debt obligations.  Prime-1  or P-1
    repayment ability will often be  evidenced by many of
    the following characteristics:

      -   Leading  market  positions in  well established
          industries.

      -   High rates of return on funds employed.

      -   Conservative   capitalization  structure   with
          moderate  reliance  on  debt  and  ample  asset
          protection.

      -   Broad  margins  in earnings  coverage  of fixed
          financial   charges  and   high  internal  cash
          generation.

      -   Well   established  access   to   a  range   of
          financial   markets  and   assured  sources  of
          alternate liquidity.

    Prime-2

    Issuers  (or  supporting institutions)  rated Prime-2
    (P-2) have a  strong ability for repayment  of senior
    short-term  debt obligations.   This will normally be
    evidenced  by  many  of   the  characteristics  cited
    above, but to  a lesser degree.  Earnings  trends and
    coverage ratios, while sound, may  be more subject to
    variation.    Capitalization  characteristics,  while
    still appropriate, may  be more affected by  external
    conditions.       Ample    alternate   liquidity   is
    maintained.

    Prime-3

    Issuers  (or  supporting institutions)  rated Prime-3
    (P-3)  have  an acceptable  ability for  repayment of
    senior  short-term   obligations.    The   effect  of
    industry characteristics and market compositions  may
    be  more pronounced.    Variability in  earnings  and
    profitability may result  in changes in the  level of
    debt   protection   measurements   and  may   require
    relatively   high   financial  leverage.     Adequate
    alternate liquidity is maintained.






                             B-45
<PAGE>






                      Standard & Poor's
       
        

    Investment Grade

    AAA: Debt rated  AAA has the highest  rating assigned
    by  S&P.     Capacity  to  pay  interest   and  repay
    principal is extremely strong.

    AA: Debt rated AA has  a very strong capacity  to pay
    interest  and differs  from the  highest rated issues
    only in small degree.

    A:  Debt  rated  A  has  a  strong  capacity  to  pay
    interest  and repay principal although it is somewhat
    more susceptible  to the  adverse effects of  changes
    in circumstances  and economic  conditions than  debt
    in higher rated categories.

    BBB:  Debt  rated  BBB  is   regarded  as  having  an
    adequate   capacity   to  pay   interest   and  repay
    principal.    Whereas it  normally  exhibit  adequate
    protection  parameters, adverse  economic  conditions
    or changing circumstances are more  likely to lead to
    a  weakened  capacity  to  pay  interest   and  repay
    principal for  debt in this  category than in  higher
    rated categories.

    Speculative Grade

    Debt  rated BB,  B,  CCC, CC,  and  C is  regarded as
    having   predominantly  speculative   characteristics
    with respect  to capacity to  pay interest and  repay
    principal.     BB  indicates   the  least  degree  of
    speculation and C the highest.  While such  debt will
    likely    have    some    quality   and    protective
    characteristics,   these  are   outweighed  by  large
    uncertainties   or   major   exposures   to   adverse
    conditions.

    BB: Debt  rated BB  has less  near-term vulnerability
    to default  than other speculative issues.   However,
    it faces  major ongoing uncertainties  or exposure to
    adverse  business, financial,  or economic conditions
    which  could  lead  to  inadequate  capacity  to meet
    timely  interest  and  principal payments.    The  BB
    rating category  is also used  for debt  subordinated
    to senior debt that is assigned an  actual or implied
    BBB-  rating.

    B:  Debt  rated  B has  a  greater  vulnerability  to

                             B-46
<PAGE>






    default  but  currently  has  the  capacity  to  meet
    interest payments and principal  repayments.  Adverse
    business,  financial,  or  economic  conditions  will
    likely  impair   capacity  or   willingness  to   pay
    interest and repay principal.   The B rating category
    is also  used for  debt subordinated  to senior  debt
    that  is  assigned an  actual  or implied  BB  or BB-
    rating.

    CCC:  Debt rated  CCC  has a  currently  identifiable
    vulnerability  to  default,  and  is  dependent  upon
    favorable   business,    financial,   and    economic
    conditions  to meet  timely payment  of  interest and
    repayment  of principal.   In  the  event of  adverse
    business, financial,  or economic  conditions, it  is
    not  likely to have the capacity  to pay interest and
    repay principal.   The  CCC rating  category is  also
    used for  debt subordinated  to senior  debt that  is
    assigned an actual or implied B or B- rating.

    CC:  The  rating  CC is  typically  applied  to  debt
    subordinated  to senior  debt  which is  assigned  an
    actual or implied CCC debt rating.

    C:  The  rating  C  is   typically  applied  to  debt
    subordinated  to  senior debt  which  is assigned  an
    actual or  implied CCC-  debt rating.   The  C rating
    may be used  to cover a situation  where a bankruptcy
    petition has  been filed,  but debt service  payments
    are continued.

    C1: The Rating  C1 is  reserved for  income bonds  on
    which no interest is being paid.

    D: Debt rated  D is in payment default.  The D rating
    category is used when interest  payments or principal
    payments are not  made on the  date due  even if  the
    applicable grace  period has not expired,  unless S&P
    believes that such payments will  be made during such
    grace period.   The D  rating also will  be used upon
    the filing of  a bankruptcy petition if  debt service
    payments are jeopardized.

    Plus (+) or  Minus (-): The  ratings from  AA to  CCC
    may be  modified by the  addition of a  plus or minus
    sign  to  show  relative  standing  within  the major
    rating categories.

    p:  The  letter  "p" indicates  that  the  rating  is
    provisional.    A  provisional   rating  assumes  the
    successful  completion of the  project being financed
    by the  debt being rated  and indicates that  payment

                             B-47
<PAGE>






    of debt  service requirements is largely  or entirely
    dependent  upon the successful and timely  completion
    of  the   project.    This  rating,   however,  while
    addressing  credit  quality subsequent  to completion
    of the  project, makes no  comment on the  likelihood
    of, or  the  risk of  default  upon failure  of  such
    completion.   The  investor should  exercise his  own
    judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

    L: The letter "L" indicates  that the rating pertains
    to the principal  amount of those bonds to the extent
    that the underlying deposit collateral is  insured by
    the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corp. and interest  is
    adequately   collateralized.     In   the   case   of
    certificates  of  deposit  the  letter "L"  indicates
    that  the  deposit,  combined  with  other  deposits,
    being held  in the same  right and capacity, will  be
    honored   for   principal  and   accrued  pre-default
    interest  up to  the federal  insurance limits within
    30 days after closing of  the insured institution or,
    in  the  event  that the  deposit  is  assumed  by  a
    successor insured institution, upon maturity.

    NR: NR indicates  no rating has been  requested, that
    there is insufficient information on  which to base a
    rating, or that  S&P does not rate a  particular type
    of obligation as a matter of policy.

    Municipal Notes

    S&P's  note  ratings reflect  the  liquidity concerns
    and market  access risks unique to  notes.  Notes due
    in  3  years  or  less  will  likely  receive  a note
    rating.   Notes  maturing beyond  3  years will  most
    likely   receive  a  long-term   debt  rating.    The
    following  criteria  will  be  used  in  making  that
    assessment:

      -   Amortization  schedule  (the  larger the  final
          maturity relative  to other maturities the more
          likely it will be treated as a note).

      -   Sources of  payment  (the  more  dependent  the
          issue  is on  the  market for  its refinancing,
          the more likely it will be treated as a note).

    Note rating symbols are as follows:

    SP-1: Strong capacity to pay principal and  interest.
    Those  issues  determined  to   possess  very  strong
    characteristics will be given a plus(+) designation.


                             B-48
<PAGE>






    SP-2: Satisfactory  capacity  to  pay  principal  and
    interest   with   some   vulnerability   to   adverse
    financial and economic changes over  the terms of the
    note.

    SP-3:  Speculative  capacity  to  pay  principal  and
    interest.

    Commercial Paper

    S&P's  commercial   paper  ratings   are  a   current
    assessment  of  the likelihood  of timely  payment of
    debts considered short-term in the relevant market.

    A: Issues  assigned this highest rating  are regarded
    as having  the greatest capacity  for timely payment.
    Issues  in  this category  are  delineated  with  the
    numbers 1,  2 and  3 to indicate  the relative degree
    of safety.

    A-1: This  designation indicates  that the  degree of
    safety  regarding timely  payment is  strong.   Those
    issues determined to possess  extremely strong safety
    characteristics  are denoted  with  a plus  (+)  sign
    designation.

    A-2: Capacity for timely payment  on issues with this
    designation is satisfactory.   However, the  relative
    degree of  safety  is  not  as  high  as  for  issues
    designated "A-1".

    A-3: Issues  carrying this designation  have adequate
    capacity  for  timely payment.    They are,  however,
    more vulnerable to the adverse  effects of changes in
    circumstances  than  obligations carrying  the higher
    designations.

    B:  Issues rated  "B"  are  regarded as  having  only
    speculative capacity for timely payment.

    C:  This  rating  is  assigned  to  short  term  debt
    obligations with doubtful capacity for payment.

    D: Debt rated  'D' is in  payment default.   The  'D'
    rating  category is  used when  interest payments  or
    principal  payments are  not made  on  the date  due,
    even if the applicable grace  period had not expired,
    unless S&P believes  that such payments will  be made
    during such grace period.




                             B-49
<PAGE>






                Fitch Investors Service, Inc.

    Investment Grade Bond Ratings

    AAA: Bonds considered  to be investment grade  and of
    the  highest credit  quality.    The obligor  has  an
    exceptionally strong  ability  to  pay  interest  and
    repay principal, which is unlikely  to be affected by
    reasonably foreseeable events.

    AA: Bonds  considered to be  investment grade and  of
    very high credit  quality.  The obligor's  ability to
    pay  interest  and repay  principal  is  very strong,
    although not  quite as strong  as bonds rated  'AAA'.
    Because bonds rated in the  'AAA' and 'AA' categories
    are  not  significantly  vulnerable  to   foreseeable
    future   developments,   short-term  debt   of  these
    issuers is generally rated 'F-1+'.

    A: Bonds  considered to  be investment  grade and  of
    high credit  quality.   The obligors  ability to  pay
    interest  and repay  principal  is considered  to  be
    strong,   but  may  be  more  vulnerable  to  adverse
    changes  in  economic  conditions  and  circumstances
    than bonds with higher ratings.

    BBB: Bonds considered  to be investment grade  and of
    satisfactory credit quality.   The obligor's  ability
    to pay interest and repay  principal is considered to
    be  adequate.  Adverse changes in economic conditions
    and circumstances,  however, are more likely  to have
    adverse impact  on these bonds, and therefore, impair
    timely payment.   The likelihood that the  ratings of
    these bonds  will  fall  below  investment  grade  is
    higher than for bonds with higher ratings.

    High Yield Bond Ratings

    BB: Bonds  are considered speculative.  The obligor's
    ability to  pay interest and  repay principal may  be
    affected  over  time  by  adverse  economic  changes.
    However,  business and financial  alternatives can be
    identified   that   could  assist   the   obligor  in
    satisfying its debt service requirements.

    B:  Bonds are considered  highly speculative.   While
    bonds  in  this  class  are  currently  meeting  debt
    service  requirements,  the probability  of continued
    timely  payment  of principal  and  interest reflects
    the obligor's limited  margin of safety and  the need
    for   reasonable   business  and   economic  activity
    throughout the life of the issue.

                             B-50
<PAGE>






    CCC: Bonds have certain identifiable  characteristics
    which,  if not  remedied, may lead  to default.   The
    ability to meet obligations requires an  advantageous
    business and economic environment.

    CC:  Bonds  are  minimally  protected.    Default  in
    payment of interest  and/or principal seems  probable
    over time.

    C:  Bonds  are  in imminent  default  in  payment  of
    interest or principal.










































                             B-51
<PAGE>






    DDD, DD,  and D:  Bonds  are in  default on  interest
    and/or  principal payments.  Such bonds are extremely
    speculative  and should  be valued  on  the basis  of
    their  ultimate  recovery  value  in  liquidation  or
    reorganization of the obligor.  `DDD'  represents the
    highest potential  for recovery on  these bonds,  and
    `D' represents the lowest potential for recovery.

    Plus (+) or Minus  (-): The ratings from AA to  C may
    be modified by the addition  of a plus or  minus sign
    to indicate the relative position  of a credit within
    the rating category.

    NR: Indicates that  Fitch does not rate  the specific
    issue.

    Conditional: A conditional rating is  premised on the
    successful completion  of a project or the occurrence
    of a specific event.

    Investment Grade Short-Term Ratings

    Fitch's short-term ratings apply  to debt obligations
    that  are   payable  on   demand  or  have   original
    maturities of  generally up to three years, including
    commercial    paper,   certificates    of    deposit,
    medium-term  notes,  and  municipal  and   investment
    notes.

    F-1+: Exceptionally  Strong Credit  Quality.   Issues
    assigned  this  rating are  regarded  as  having  the
    strongest degree of assurance for timely payment.

    F-1:  Very Strong  Credit Quality.    Issues assigned
    this rating  reflect an  assurance of  timely payment
    only  slightly  less  in  degree  than  issues  rated
    'F-1+'.

    F-2:  Good  Credit  Quality.    Issues  carrying this
    rating  have a  satisfactory degree  of assurance for
    timely payment, but  the margin  of safety is  not as
    great as the `F-1+' and `F-1' categories.

    F-3:  Fair  Credit  Quality.    Issues carrying  this
    rating  have  characteristics  suggesting  that   the
    degree of assurance  for timely payment  is adequate;
    however, near-term  adverse change could  cause these
    securities to be rated below investment grade.

                       * * * * * * * *

    Notes: Bonds  which are  unrated expose the  investor

                             B-52
<PAGE>






    to  risks with respect to capacity to pay interest or
    repay principal  which are  similar to  the risks  of
    lower-rated  speculative  bonds.    The Portfolio  is
    dependent  on  the  Investment  Adviser's   judgment,
    analysis  and  experience in  the evaluation  of such
    bonds.

    Investors  should  note  that  the  assignment  of  a
    rating to a  bond by a rating service may not reflect
    the  effect of  recent developments  on the  issuer's
    ability to make interest and principal payments.










































                             B-53
<PAGE>






                           PART C


    Item 24.  Financial Statements and Exhibits

          (a)   Financial Statements

                   The  financial statements  called  for
                by   this   Item   are  incorporated   by
                reference in  Part B  and listed in  Item
                23 hereof.    

          (b)   Exhibits

                   1. (a)    Declaration  of Trust  dated
                      May 1, 1992 filed herewith.    

                      (b)   Amendment  to the Declaration
                      of Trust  dated June 13, 1994 filed
                      herewith.

                         (c)   Form of  Amendment to  the
                      Declaration    of    Trust    dated
                      December     1,      1995     filed
                      herewith.    

                   2. By-Laws  of  the  Registrant  dated
                      May 1, 1992 filed herewith.    

                   5. Investment    Advisory    Agreement
                      between the  Registrant and  Boston
                      Management   and   Research   dated
                      October     13,      1992     filed
                      herewith.    

                   6. Placement   Agent  Agreement   with
                      Eaton   Vance   Distributors,  Inc.
                      dated   January  29,   1993   filed
                      herewith.    

                   8. (a)     Custodian  Agreement   with
                      Investors  Bank  &   Trust  Company
                      dated   January  29,   1993   filed
                      herewith.    

                         (b)  Amendment to the  Custodian
                      Agreement  dated October  23,  1995
                      filed herewith.    

                   13.      Investment     representation
                            letter    of   Eaton    Vance
                            Municipals  Trust  (on behalf

                             B-54
<PAGE>






                            of Eaton  Vance Michigan  Tax
                            Free Fund) dated  January 21,
                            1993 filed herewith.    

    Item  25.   Persons  Controlled  by or  under  Common
    Control with Registrant

          Not applicable.

    Item 26.  Number of Holders of Securities

               (1)                (2)
                               Number of
          Title of Class    Record Holders
                           As of November 14, 1995    

           Interests               4                    
          

    Item 27.  Indemnification

          No  change from  the information  set forth  in
    Item 27  of Form  N-1A in  the original  Registration
    Statement under  the Investment Company Act  of 1940,
    which   information   is   incorporated   herein   by
    reference.

          The  Trustees  and officers  of  the Registrant
    and  the  personnel of  the  Registrant's  investment
    adviser  are insured  under  an errors  and omissions
    liability insurance  policy.  The Registrant  and its
    officers are  also insured  under  the fidelity  bond
    required by Rule  17g-1 under the Investment  Company
    Act of 1940.

    Item 28.  Business and Other Connections

          To the knowledge of the  Portfolio, none of the
    trustees or  officers of  the Portfolio's  investment
    adviser,  except  as set  forth  on its  Form  ADV as
    filed with  the Securities  and Exchange  Commission,
    is   engaged  in  any   other  business,  profession,
    vocation  or  employment  of  a  substantial  nature,
    except that  certain trustees and  officers also hold
    various  positions with  and engage  in business  for
    affiliates of the investment adviser.

    Item 29.  Principal Underwriters

          Not applicable.

    Item 30.  Location of Accounts and Records

                             B-55
<PAGE>






          All  applicable  accounts, books  and documents
    required  to  be  maintained  by  the  Registrant  by
    Section 31(a) of  the Investment Company Act  of 1940
    and  the  Rules  promulgated  thereunder  are  in the
    possession   and   custody   of   the    Registrant's
    custodian, Investors Bank &  Trust Company, 89  South
    Street, Boston,  MA  02111,  and its transfer  agent,
    First Data  Investor Services  Group, Inc., 53  State
    Street,  Boston, MA   02104,  with  the exception  of
    certain  corporate  documents  and portfolio  trading
    documents which are in the  possession and custody of
    the Registrant's  investment  adviser at  24  Federal
    Street,  Boston,  MA    02110.    The  Registrant  is
    informed  that  all applicable  accounts,  books  and
    documents required  to  be maintained  by  registered
    investment  advisers   are   in   the   custody   and
    possession    of    the    Registrant's    investment
    adviser.    

    Item 31.  Management Services

          Not applicable.

    Item 32.  Undertakings

          Not applicable.

       
        
























                             B-56
<PAGE>







                         SIGNATURES



          Pursuant to the requirements of the  Investment
    Company Act of  1940, the Registrant has  duly caused
    this amendment to the Registration  Statement on Form
    N-1A  to be signed on  its behalf by the undersigned,
    thereunto duly authorized  in the City of  Boston and
    Commonwealth  of Massachusetts  on  the  29th day  of
    November, 1995.    

                            MICHIGAN TAX FREE PORTFOLIO


                            By: /s/ Thomas J. Fetter
                            ________________________
                            Thomas J. Fetter
                            President

































                             B-57
<PAGE>






                     INDEX TO EXHIBITS    


       Exhibit No.    Description of Exhibit    

       1.       (a)   Declaration of Trust  dated May  1,
                1992    

                   (b)   Amendment to  the Declaration of
                Trust dated June 13, 1994     

                   (c)     Form  of   Amendment  to   the
                Declaration  of  Trust dated  December 1,
                1995    

       2.       By-Laws of  the Registrant  dated May  1,
                1992     

       5.       Investment  Advisory  Agreement   between
                the Registrant and Boston Management  and
                Research dated October 13, 1992     

       6.       Placement  Agent  Agreement   with  Eaton
                Vance  Distributors, Inc.  dated  January
                29, 1993     

       8.       (a)   Custodian  Agreement with Investors
                Bank &  Trust Company  dated January  29,
                1993     

                   (b)     Amendment   to  the  Custodian
                Agreement dated October 23, 1995     

       13.      Investment   representation   letter   of
                Eaton  Vance Municipals  Trust (on behalf
                of Eaton  Vance Michigan  Tax Free  Fund)
                dated January 21, 1993    
















                             B-58
<PAGE>

















                             MICHIGAN TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                             ---------------------------

                                DECLARATION OF TRUST

                               Dated as of May 1, 1992
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----


     ARTICLE I--The Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

              Section 1.1      Name  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
              Section 1.2      Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE II--Trustees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3

              Section 2.1      Number and Qualification  . . . . . . . . . .   3
              Section 2.2      Term and Election . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
              Section 2.3      Resignation, Removal and Retirement . . . . .   3
              Section 2.4      Vacancies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 2.5      Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 2.6      Officers; Chairman of the Board . . . . . . .   5
              Section 2.7      By-Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

     ARTICLE III--Powers of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

              Section 3.1      General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
              Section 3.2      Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
              Section 3.3      Legal Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
              Section 3.4      Sale and Increases of Interests . . . . . . .   6
              Section 3.5      Decreases and Redemptions of Interests  . . .   7
              Section 3.6      Borrow Money  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.7      Delegation; Committees  . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.8      Collection and Payment  . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.9      Expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.10     Miscellaneous Powers  . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.11     Further Powers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

     ARTICLE IV--Investment Advisory, Administration and Placement Agent
                  Arrangements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

              Section 4.1      Investment Advisory, Administration and 
                               Other Arrangements  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 4.2      Parties to Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

     ARTICLE V--Liability of Holders; Limitations of Liability of 
                Trustees, Officers, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

              Section 5.1      Liability of Holders; Indemnification . . . .   9
              Section 5.2      Limitations of Liability of Trustees,
                               Officers, Employees, Agents, Independent
                               Contractors To Third Parties  . . . . . . . .   9
              Section 5.3      Limitations of Liability of Trustees,
                               Officers,Employees, Agents, Independent
                               Contractors to Trust, Holders, etc. . . . . .  10

                                          i
<PAGE>






              Section 5.4      Mandatory Indemnification . . . . . . . . . .  10
              Section 5.5      No Bond Required of Trustees  . . . . . . . .  10
              Section 5.6      No Duty of Investigation; Notice in
                               Trust Instruments, etc  . . . . . . . . . . .  10
              Section 5.7      Reliance on Experts, etc  . . . . . . . . . .  11

     ARTICLE VI--Interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

              Section 6.1      Interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
              Section 6.2      Non-Transferability . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
              Section 6.3      Register of Interests . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

     ARTICLE VII--Increases, Decreases And Redemptions of Interests  . . . .  12

     ARTICLE VIII--Determination of Book Capital Account Balances,
                    and Distributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

              Section 8.1      Book Capital Account Balances . . . . . . . .  12
              Section 8.2      Allocations and Distributions to Holders  . .  12
              Section 8.3      Power to Modify Foregoing Procedures  . . . .  13

     ARTICLE IX--Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

              Section 9.1      Rights of Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
              Section 9.2      Meetings of Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
              Section 9.3      Notice of Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
              Section 9.4      Record Date for Meetings, Distributions,
                               etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
              Section 9.5      Proxies, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.6      Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.7      Inspection of Records . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.8      Holder Action by Written Consent  . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.9      Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

     ARTICLE X--Duration; Termination; Amendment; Mergers; Etc.  . . . . . .  15

              Section 10.1     Duration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
              Section 10.2     Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
              Section 10.3     Dissolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
              Section 10.4     Amendment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
              Section 10.5     Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets  . .  18
              Section 10.6     Incorporation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

     ARTICLE XI--Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

              Section 11.1     Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
              Section 11.2     Counterparts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
              Section 11.3     Reliance by Third Parties . . . . . . . . . .  19
              Section 11.4     Provisions in Conflict With Law or
                               Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19



                                          ii
<PAGE>






                                DECLARATION OF TRUST

                                          OF

                             MICHIGAN TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                             ---------------------------

              This DECLARATION OF TRUST of Michigan Tax Free Portfolio is made
     as of the 1st day of May, 1992 by the parties signatory hereto, as
     Trustees (as defined in Section 1.2 hereof).

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:
                                -  -  -  -  -  -  -  
              WHEREAS, the Trustees desire to form a trust fund under the law
     of the State of New York for the investment and reinvestment of its
     assets; and

              WHEREAS, it is proposed that the trust assets be composed of
     money and property contributed thereto by the holders of interests in the
     trust entitled to ownership rights in the trust;

              NOW, THEREFORE, the Trustees hereby declare that they will hold
     in trust all money and property contributed to the trust fund and will
     manage and dispose of the same for the benefit of the holders of interests
     in the Trust and subject to the provisions hereof, to wit:


                                      ARTICLE I

                                      The Trust
                                      ---------
              1.1.    Name.  The name of the trust created hereby (the "Trust")
     shall be Michigan Tax Free Portfolio and so far as may be practicable the
     Trustees shall conduct the Trust's activities, execute all documents and
     sue or be sued under that name, which name (and the word "Trust" wherever
     hereinafter used) shall refer to the Trustees as Trustees, and not
     individually, and shall not refer to the officers, employees, agents or
     independent contractors of the Trust or holders of interests in the Trust.

              1.2.    Definitions.  As used in this Declaration, the following
     terms shall have the following meanings:

              "Administrator" shall mean any party furnishing services to the
     Trust pursuant to any administration contract described in Section 4.1
     hereof.

              "Book Capital Account" shall mean, for any Holder at any time,
     the Book Capital Account of the Holder for such day, determined in
     accordance with Section 8.1 hereof. 

              "Code" shall mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
     amended from time to time, as well as any non-superseded provisions of the
     U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended (or any corresponding
     provision or provisions of succeeding law).
<PAGE>






              "Commission" shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange
     Commission.

              "Declaration" shall mean this Declaration of Trust as amended
     from time to time.  References in this Declaration to "DECLARATION",
     "HEREOF", "HEREIN" and "HEREUNDER" shall be deemed to refer to this
     Declaration rather than the article or section in which any such word
     appears.

              "Fiscal Year" shall mean an annual period determined by the
     Trustees which ends on September 30 of each year or on such other day as
     is permitted or required by the Code.

              "Holders" shall mean as of any particular time all holders of
     record of Interests in the Trust.

              "Institutional Investor(s)" shall mean any regulated investment
     company, segregated asset account, foreign investment company, common
     trust fund, group trust or other investment arrangement, whether organized
     within or without the United States of America, other than an individual,
     S corporation, partnership or grantor trust beneficially owned by any
     individual, S corporation or partnership.

              "Interest(s)" shall mean the interest of a Holder in the Trust,
     including all rights, powers and privileges accorded to Holders by this
     Declaration, which interest may be expressed as a percentage, determined
     by calculating, at such times and on such basis as the Trustees shall from
     time to time determine, the ratio of each Holder's Book Capital Account
     balance to the total of all Holders' Book Capital Account balances. 
     Reference herein to a specified percentage of, or fraction of, Interests,
     means Holders whose combined Book Capital Account balances represent such
     specified percentage or fraction of the combined Book Capital Account
     balances of all, or a specified group of, Holders.

              "Interested Person" shall have the meaning given it in the 1940
     Act.

              "Investment Adviser" shall mean any party furnishing services to
     the Trust pursuant to any investment advisory contract described in
     Section 4.1 hereof.

              "Majority Interests Vote" shall mean the vote, at a meeting of
     Holders, of (A) 67% or more of the Interests present or represented at
     such meeting, if Holders of more than 50% of all Interests are present or
     represented by proxy, or (B) more than 50% of all Interests, whichever is
     less.

              "Person" shall mean and include individuals, corporations,
     partnerships, trusts, associations, joint ventures and other entities,
     whether or not legal entities, and governments and agencies and political
     subdivisions thereof.


                                          2
<PAGE>






              "Redemption" shall mean the complete withdrawal of an Interest of
     a Holder the result of which is to reduce the Book Capital Account balance
     of that Holder to zero, and the term "REDEEM" shall mean to effect a
     Redemption.

              "Trustees" shall mean each signatory to this Declaration, so long
     as such signatory shall continue in office in accordance with the terms
     hereof, and all other individuals who at the time in question have been
     duly elected or appointed and have qualified as Trustees in accordance
     with the provisions hereof and are then in office, and reference in this
     Declaration to a Trustee or Trustees shall refer to such individual or
     individuals in their capacity as Trustees hereunder.

              "Trust Property" shall mean as of any particular time any and all
     property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, which at such time is
     owned or held by or for the account of the Trust or the Trustees.

              The "1940 Act" shall mean the U.S. Investment Company Act of
     1940, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations
     thereunder.


                                     ARTICLE II

                                       Trustees
                                       --------
              2.1.    Number and Qualification.  The number of Trustees shall
     be fixed from time to time by action of the Trustees taken as provided in
     Section 2.5 hereof; provided, however, that the number of Trustees so
     fixed shall in no event be less than three or more than 15.  Any vacancy
     created by an increase in the number of Trustees may be filled by the
     appointment of an individual having the qualifications described in this
     Section 2.1 made by action of the Trustees taken as provided in Section
     2.5 hereof.  Any such appointment shall not become effective, however,
     until the individual named in the written instrument of appointment shall
     have accepted in writing such appointment and agreed in writing to be
     bound by the terms of this Declaration.  No reduction in the number of
     Trustees shall have the effect of removing any Trustee from office. 
     Whenever a vacancy occurs, until such vacancy is filled as provided in
     Section 2.4 hereof, the Trustees continuing in office, regardless of their
     number, shall have all the powers granted to the Trustees and shall
     discharge all the duties imposed upon the Trustees by this Declaration.  A
     Trustee shall be an individual at least 21 years of age who is not under
     legal disability.

              2.2.    Term and Election.  Each Trustee named herein, or elected
     or appointed prior to the first meeting of Holders, shall (except in the
     event of resignations, retirements, removals or vacancies pursuant to
     Section 2.3 or Section 2.4 hereof) hold office until a successor to such
     Trustee has been elected at such meeting and has qualified to serve as
     Trustee, as required under the 1940 Act.  Subject to the provisions of
     Section 16(a) of the 1940 Act and except as provided in Section 2.3

                                          3
<PAGE>






     hereof, each Trustee shall hold office during the lifetime of the Trust
     and until its termination as hereinafter provided.

              2.3.    Resignation, Removal and Retirement.  Any Trustee may
     resign his or her trust (without need for prior or subsequent accounting)
     by an instrument in writing executed by such Trustee and delivered or
     mailed to the Chairman, if any, the President or the Secretary of the
     Trust and such resignation shall be effective upon such delivery, or at a
     later date according to the terms of the instrument.  Any Trustee may be
     removed by the affirmative vote of Holders of two-thirds of the Interests
     or (provided the aggregate number of Trustees, after such removal and
     after giving effect to any appointment made to fill the vacancy created by
     such removal, shall not be less than the number required by Section 2.1
     hereof) with cause, by the action of two-thirds of the remaining Trustees. 
     Removal with cause includes, but is not limited to, the removal of a
     Trustee due to physical or mental incapacity or failure to comply with
     such written policies as from time to time may be adopted by at least
     two-thirds of the Trustees with respect to the conduct of the Trustees and
     attendance at meetings.  Any Trustee who has attained a mandatory
     retirement age, if any, established pursuant to any written policy adopted
     from time to time by at least two-thirds of the Trustees shall,
     automatically and without action by such Trustee or the remaining
     Trustees, be deemed to have retired in accordance with the terms of such
     policy, effective as of the date determined in accordance with such
     policy.  Any Trustee who has become incapacitated by illness or injury as
     determined by a majority of the other Trustees, may be retired by written
     instrument executed by a majority of the other Trustees, specifying the
     date of such Trustee's retirement.  Upon the resignation, retirement or
     removal of a Trustee, or a Trustee otherwise ceasing to be a Trustee, such
     resigning, retired, removed or former Trustee shall execute and deliver
     such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require for the purpose of
     conveying to the Trust or the remaining Trustees any Trust Property held
     in the name of such resigning, retired, removed or former Trustee.  Upon
     the death of any Trustee or upon removal, retirement or resignation due to
     any Trustee's incapacity to serve as Trustee, the legal representative of
     such deceased, removed, retired or resigning Trustee shall execute and
     deliver on behalf of such deceased, removed, retired or resigning Trustee
     such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require for the purpose set
     forth in the preceding sentence.

              2.4.    Vacancies.  The term of office of a Trustee shall
     terminate and a vacancy shall occur in the event of the death,
     resignation, retirement, adjudicated incompetence or other incapacity to
     perform the duties of the office, or removal, of a Trustee.  No such
     vacancy shall operate to annul this Declaration or to revoke any existing
     agency created pursuant to the terms of this Declaration.  In the case of
     a vacancy, Holders of at least a majority of the Interests entitled to
     vote, acting at any meeting of Holders held in accordance with Section 9.2
     hereof, or, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, a majority vote of
     the Trustees continuing in office acting by written instrument or
     instruments, may fill such vacancy, and any Trustee so elected by the
     Trustees or the Holders shall hold office as provided in this Declaration.

                                          4
<PAGE>






              2.5.    Meetings.  Meetings of the Trustees shall be held from
     time to time upon the call of the Chairman, if any, the President, the
     Secretary, an Assistant Secretary or any two Trustees, at such time, on
     such day and at such place, as shall be designated in the notice of the
     meeting.  The Trustees shall hold an annual meeting for the election of
     officers and the transaction of other business which may come before such
     meeting.  Regular meetings of the Trustees may be held without call or
     notice at a time and place fixed by the By-Laws or by resolution of the
     Trustees.  Notice of any other meeting shall be given by mail, by telegram
     (which term shall include a cablegram), by telecopier or delivered
     personally (which term shall include by telephone).  If notice is given by
     mail, it shall be mailed not later than 48 hours preceding the meeting and
     if given by telegram, telecopier or personally, such notice shall be sent
     or delivery made not later than 24 hours preceding the meeting.  Notice of
     a meeting of Trustees may be waived before or after any meeting by signed
     written waiver.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose
     of, any meeting of the Trustees need be stated in the notice or waiver of
     notice of such meeting.  The attendance of a Trustee at a meeting shall
     constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except in the situation in
     which a Trustee attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at
     the commencement of such meeting, to the transaction of any business on
     the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.  The
     Trustees may act with or without a meeting, but no notice need be given of
     action proposed to be taken by written consent.  A quorum for all meetings
     of the Trustees shall be a majority of the Trustees.  Unless provided
     otherwise in this Declaration, any action of the Trustees may be taken at
     a meeting by vote of a majority of the Trustees present (a quorum being
     present) or without a meeting by written consent of a majority of the
     Trustees.

              Any committee of the Trustees, including an executive committee,
     if any, may act with or without a meeting.  A quorum for all meetings of
     any such committee shall be a majority of the members thereof.  Unless
     provided otherwise in this Declaration, any action of any such committee
     may be taken at a meeting by vote of a majority of the members present (a
     quorum being present) or without a meeting by written consent of a
     majority of the members.

              With respect to actions of the Trustees and any committee of the
     Trustees, Trustees who are Interested Persons of the Trust or otherwise
     interested in any action to be taken may be counted for quorum purposes
     under this Section 2.5 and shall be entitled to vote to the extent
     permitted by the 1940 Act.

              All or any one or more Trustees may participate in a meeting of
     the Trustees or any committee thereof by means of a conference telephone
     or similar communications equipment by means of which all individuals
     participating in the meeting can hear each other and participation in a
     meeting by means of such communications equipment shall constitute
     presence in person at such meeting.



                                          5
<PAGE>






              2.6.    Officers; Chairman of the Board.  The Trustees shall,
     from time to time, elect a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer.  The
     Trustees may elect or appoint, from time to time, a Chairman of the Board
     who shall preside at all meetings of the Trustees and carry out such other
     duties as the Trustees may designate.  The Trustees may elect or appoint
     or authorize the President to appoint such other officers, agents or
     independent contractors with such powers as the Trustees may deem to be
     advisable.  The Chairman, if any, shall be and each other officer may, but
     need not, be a Trustee.

              2.7.    By-Laws.  The Trustees may adopt and, from time to time,
     amend or repeal By-Laws for the conduct of the business of the Trust.


                                     ARTICLE III

                                  Powers of Trustees
                                  ------------------
              3.1.    General.  The Trustees shall have exclusive and absolute
     control over the Trust Property and over the business of the Trust to the
     same extent as if the Trustees were the sole owners of the Trust Property
     and such business in their own right, but with such powers of delegation
     as may be permitted by this Declaration.  The Trustees may perform such
     acts as in their sole discretion they deem proper for conducting the
     business of the Trust.  The enumeration of or failure to mention any
     specific power herein shall not be construed as limiting such exclusive
     and absolute control.  The powers of the Trustees may be exercised without
     order of or resort to any court.

              3.2.    Investments.  The Trustees shall have power to:

                      (a)      conduct, operate and carry on the business of an
     investment company;

                      (b)      subscribe for, invest in, reinvest in, purchase
     or otherwise acquire, hold, pledge, sell, assign, transfer, exchange,
     distribute or otherwise deal in or dispose of U.S. and foreign currencies
     and related instruments including forward contracts, and securities,
     including common and preferred stock, warrants, bonds, debentures, time
     notes and all other evidences of indebtedness, negotiable or non-
     negotiable instruments, obligations, certificates of deposit or
     indebtedness, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase
     agreements, convertible securities, forward contracts, options, futures
     contracts, and other securities, including, without limitation, those
     issued, guaranteed or sponsored by any state, territory or possession of
     the United States and the District of Columbia and their political
     subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities, or by the U.S. Government,
     any foreign government, or any agency, instrumentality or political
     subdivision of the U.S. Government or any foreign government, or any
     international instrumentality, or by any bank, savings institution,
     corporation or other business entity organized under the laws of the
     United States or under any foreign laws; and to exercise any and all

                                          6
<PAGE>






     rights, powers and privileges of ownership or interest in respect of any
     and all such  investments of any kind and description, including, without
     limitation, the right to consent and otherwise act with respect thereto,
     with power to designate one or more Persons to exercise any of such
     rights, powers and privileges in respect of any of such investments; and
     the Trustees shall be deemed to have the foregoing powers with respect to
     any additional instruments in which the Trustees may determine to invest.

              The Trustees shall not be limited to investing in obligations
     maturing before the possible termination of the Trust, nor shall the
     Trustees be limited by any law limiting the investments which may be made
     by fiduciaries.

              3.3.    Legal Title.  Legal title to all Trust Property shall be
     vested in the Trustees as joint tenants except that the Trustees shall
     have the power to cause legal title to any Trust Property to be held by or
     in the name of one or more of the Trustees, or in the name of the Trust,
     or in the name or nominee name of any other Person on behalf of the Trust,
     on such terms as the Trustees may determine.

              The right, title and interest of the Trustees in the Trust
     Property shall vest automatically in each individual who may hereafter
     become a Trustee upon his due election and qualification.  Upon the
     resignation, removal or death of a Trustee, such resigning, removed or
     deceased Trustee shall automatically cease to have any right, title or
     interest in any Trust Property, and the right, title and interest of such
     resigning, removed or deceased Trustee in the Trust Property shall vest
     automatically in the remaining Trustees.  Such vesting and cessation of
     title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents have been
     executed and delivered.

              3.4.    Sale and Increases of Interests.  The Trustees, in their
     discretion, may, from time to time, without a vote of the Holders, permit
     any Institutional Investor to purchase an Interest, or increase its
     Interest, for such type of consideration, including cash or property, at
     such time or times (including, without limitation, each business day), and
     on such terms as the Trustees may deem best, and may in such manner
     acquire other assets (including the acquisition of assets subject to, and
     in connection with the assumption of, liabilities) and businesses. 
     Individuals, S corporations, partnerships and grantor trusts that are
     beneficially owned by any individual, S corporation or partnership may not
     purchase Interests.  A Holder which has redeemed its Interest may not be
     permitted to purchase an Interest until the later of 60 calendar days
     after the date of such Redemption or the first day of the Fiscal Year next
     succeeding the Fiscal Year during which such Redemption occurred.

              3.5     Decreases and Redemptions of Interests.  Subject to
     Article VII hereof, the Trustees, in their discretion, may, from time to
     time, without a vote of the Holders, permit a Holder to redeem its
     Interest, or decrease its Interest, for either cash or property, at such
     time or times (including, without limitation, each business day), and on
     such terms as the Trustees may deem best.

                                          7
<PAGE>






              3.6.    Borrow Money.  The Trustees shall have power to borrow
     money or otherwise obtain credit and to secure the same by mortgaging,
     pledging or otherwise subjecting as security the assets of the Trust,
     including the lending of portfolio securities, and to endorse, guarantee,
     or undertake the performance of any obligation, contract or engagement of
     any other Person.

              3.7.    Delegation; Committees.  The Trustees shall have power,
     consistent with their continuing exclusive and absolute control over the
     Trust Property and over the business of the Trust, to delegate from time
     to time to such of their number or to officers, employees, agents or
     independent contractors of the Trust the doing of such things and the
     execution of such instruments in either the name of the Trust or the names
     of the Trustees or otherwise as the Trustees may deem expedient.

              3.8.    Collection and Payment.  The Trustees shall have power to
     collect all property due to the Trust; and to pay all claims, including
     taxes, against the Trust Property; to prosecute, defend, compromise or
     abandon any claims relating to the Trust or the Trust Property; to
     foreclose any security interest securing any obligation, by virtue of
     which any property is owed to the Trust; and to enter into releases,
     agreements and other instruments.

              3.9.    Expenses.  The Trustees shall have power to incur and pay
     any expenses which in the opinion of the Trustees are necessary or
     incidental to carry out any of the purposes of this Declaration, and to
     pay reasonable compensation from the Trust Property to themselves as
     Trustees.  The Trustees shall fix the compensation of all officers,
     employees and Trustees.  The Trustees may pay themselves such compensation
     for special services, including legal and brokerage services, as they in
     good faith may deem reasonable, and reimbursement for expenses reasonably
     incurred by themselves on behalf of the Trust.

              3.10.   Miscellaneous Powers.  The Trustees shall have power to: 
     (a) employ or contract with such Persons as the Trustees may deem
     appropriate for the transaction of the business of the Trust and terminate
     such employees or contractual relationships as they consider appropriate;
     (b) enter into joint ventures, partnerships and any other combinations or
     associations; (c) purchase, and pay for out of Trust Property, insurance
     policies insuring the Investment Adviser, Administrator, placement agent,
     Holders, Trustees, officers, employees, agents or independent contractors
     of the Trust against all claims arising by reason of holding any such
     position or by reason of any action taken or omitted by any such Person in
     such capacity, whether or not the Trust would have the power to indemnify
     such Person against such liability; (d) establish pension, profit-sharing
     and other retirement, incentive and benefit plans for the Trustees,
     officers, employees or agents of the Trust; (e) make donations,
     irrespective of benefit to the Trust, for charitable, religious,
     educational, scientific, civic or similar purposes; (f) to the extent
     permitted by law, indemnify any Person with whom the Trust has dealings,
     including the Investment Adviser, Administrator, placement agent, Holders,
     Trustees, officers, employees, agents or independent contractors of the

                                          8
<PAGE>






     Trust, to such extent as the Trustees shall determine;  (g) guarantee
     indebtedness or contractual obligations of others; (h) determine and
     change the Fiscal Year and the method by which the accounts of the Trust
     shall be kept; and (i) adopt a seal for the Trust, but the absence of such
     a seal shall not impair the validity of any instrument executed on behalf
     of the Trust.

              3.11.   Further Powers.  The Trustees shall have power to conduct
     the business of the Trust and carry on its operations in any and all of
     its branches and maintain offices, whether within or without the State of
     New York, in any and all states of the United States of America, in the
     District of Columbia, and in any and all commonwealths, territories,
     dependencies, colonies, possessions, agencies or instrumentalities of the
     United States of America and of foreign governments, and to do all such
     other things and execute all such instruments as they deem necessary,
     proper, appropriate or desirable in order to promote the interests of the
     Trust although such things are not herein specifically mentioned. Any
     determination as to what is in the interests of the Trust which is made by
     the Trustees in good faith shall be conclusive.  In construing the
     provisions of this Declaration, the presumption shall be in favor of a
     grant of power to the Trustees.  The Trustees shall not be required to
     obtain any court order in order to deal with Trust Property.



                                     ARTICLE IV

                         Investment Advisory, Administration
                           and Placement Agent Arrangements
                         -----------------------------------
              4.1.    Investment Advisory, Administration and Other
     Arrangements.  The Trustees may in their discretion, from time to time,
     enter into investment advisory contracts, administration contracts or
     placement agent agreements whereby the other party to such contract or
     agreement shall undertake to furnish the Trustees such investment
     advisory, administration, placement agent and/or other services as the
     Trustees shall, from time to time, consider appropriate or desirable and
     all upon such terms and conditions as the Trustees may in their sole
     discretion determine.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Declaration,
     the Trustees may authorize any Investment Adviser (subject to such general
     or specific instructions as the Trustees may, from time to time, adopt) to
     effect purchases, sales, loans or exchanges of Trust Property on behalf of
     the Trustees or may authorize any officer, employee or Trustee to effect
     such purchases, sales, loans or exchanges pursuant to recommendations of
     any such Investment Adviser (all without any further action by the
     Trustees).  Any such purchase, sale, loan or exchange shall be deemed to
     have been authorized by the Trustees.

              4.2.    Parties to Contract.  Any contract of the character
     described in Section 4.1 hereof or in the By-Laws of the Trust may be
     entered into with any corporation, firm, trust or association, although
     one or more of the Trustees or officers of the Trust may be an officer,

                                          9
<PAGE>






     director, Trustee, shareholder or member of such other party to the
     contract, and no such contract shall be invalidated or rendered voidable
     by reason of the existence of any such relationship, nor shall any
     individual holding such relationship be liable merely by reason of such
     relationship for any loss or expense to the Trust under or by reason of
     any such contract or accountable for any profit realized directly or
     indirectly therefrom, provided that the contract when entered into was
     reasonable and fair and not inconsistent with the provisions of this
     Article IV or the By-Laws of the Trust.  The same Person may be the other
     party to one or more contracts entered into pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof
     or the By-Laws of the Trust, and any individual may be financially
     interested or otherwise affiliated with Persons who are parties to any or
     all of the contracts mentioned in this Section 4.2 or in the By-Laws of
     the Trust.


                                      ARTICLE V

                        Liability of Holders; Limitations of 
                        Liability of Trustees, Officers, etc.
                        -------------------------------------
              5.1.    Liability of Holders; Indemnification.  Each Holder shall
     be jointly and severally liable (with rights of contribution inter se in
     proportion to their respective Interests in the Trust) for the liabilities
     and obligations of the Trust in the event that the Trust fails to satisfy
     such liabilities and obligations; provided, however, that, to the extent
     assets are available in the Trust, the Trust shall indemnify and hold each
     Holder harmless from and against any claim or liability to which such
     Holder may become subject by reason of being or having been a Holder to
     the extent that such claim or liability imposes on the Holder an
     obligation or liability which, when compared to the obligations and
     liabilities imposed on other Holders, is greater than such Holder's
     Interest (proportionate share), and shall reimburse such Holder for all
     legal and other expenses reasonably incurred by such Holder in connection
     with any such claim or liability.  The rights accruing to a Holder under
     this Section 5.1 shall not exclude any other right to which such Holder
     may be lawfully entitled, nor shall anything contained herein restrict the
     right of the Trust to indemnify or reimburse a Holder in any appropriate
     situation even though not specifically provided herein.  Notwithstanding
     the indemnification procedure described above, it is intended that each
     Holder shall remain jointly and severally liable to the Trust's creditors
     as a legal matter.

              5.2.  Limitations of Liability of Trustees, Officers, Employees,
     Agents, Independent Contractors to Third Parties.  No Trustee, officer,
     employee, agent or independent contractor (except in the case of an agent
     or independent contractor to the extent expressly provided by written
     contract) of the Trust shall be subject to any personal liability
     whatsoever to any Person, other than the Trust or the Holders, in
     connection with Trust Property or the affairs of the Trust; and all such
     Persons shall look solely to the Trust Property for satisfaction of claims
     of any nature against a Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent

                                          10
<PAGE>






     contractor (except in the case of an agent or independent contractor to
     the extent expressly provided by written contract) of the Trust arising in
     connection with the affairs of the Trust.

              5.3.    Limitations of Liability of Trustees, Officers,
     Employees, Agents, Independent Contractors to Trust, Holders, etc.  No
     Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent contractor (except in the
     case of an agent or independent contractor to the extent expressly
     provided by written contract) of the Trust shall be liable to the Trust or
     the Holders for any action or failure to act (including, without
     limitation, the failure to compel in any way any former or acting Trustee
     to redress any breach of trust) except for such Person's own bad faith,
     willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of such
     Person's duties.

              5.4.    Mandatory Indemnification.  The Trust shall indemnify, to
     the fullest extent permitted by law (including the 1940 Act), each
     Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent contractor (except in the
     case of an agent or independent contractor to the extent expressly
     provided by written contract) of the Trust (including any Person who
     serves at the Trust's request as a director, officer or trustee of another
     organization in which the Trust has any interest as a shareholder,
     creditor or otherwise) against all liabilities and expenses (including
     amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise, as fines and
     penalties, and as counsel fees) reasonably incurred by such Person in
     connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other
     proceeding, whether civil or criminal, in which such Person may be
     involved or with which such Person may be threatened, while in office or
     thereafter, by reason of such Person being or having been such a Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor, except with respect to
     any matter as to which such Person shall have been adjudicated to have
     acted in bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless
     disregard of such Person's duties; provided, however, that as to any
     matter disposed of by a compromise payment by such Person, pursuant to a
     consent decree or otherwise, no indemnification either for such payment or
     for any other expenses shall be provided unless there has been a
     determination that such Person did not engage in willful misfeasance, bad
     faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in
     the conduct of such Person's office by the court or other body approving
     the settlement or other disposition or by a reasonable determination,
     based upon a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full
     trial-type inquiry), that such Person did not engage in such conduct by
     written opinion from independent legal counsel approved by the Trustees. 
     The rights accruing to any Person under these provisions shall not exclude
     any other right to which such Person may be lawfully entitled; provided
     that no Person may satisfy any right of indemnity or reimbursement granted
     in this Section 5.4 or in Section 5.2 hereof or to which such Person may
     be otherwise entitled except out of the Trust Property.  The Trustees may
     make advance payments in connection with indemnification under this
     Section 5.4, provided that the indemnified Person shall have given a
     written undertaking to reimburse the Trust in the event it is subsequently
     determined that such Person is not entitled to such indemnification.

                                          11
<PAGE>






              5.5.    No Bond Required of Trustees.  No Trustee shall, as such,
     be obligated to give any bond or surety or other security for the
     performance of any of such Trustee's duties hereunder.

              5.6.    No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust Instruments,
     etc.  No purchaser, lender or other Person dealing with any Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor of the Trust shall be
     bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction
     purporting to be made by such Trustee, officer, employee, agent or
     independent contractor or be liable for the application of money or
     property paid, loaned or delivered to or on the order of such Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor.  Every obligation,
     contract, instrument, certificate or other interest or undertaking of the
     Trust, and every other act or thing whatsoever executed in connection with
     the Trust shall be conclusively taken to have been executed or done by the
     executors thereof only in their capacity as Trustees, officers, employees,
     agents or independent contractors of the Trust.  Every written obligation,
     contract, instrument, certificate or other interest or undertaking of the
     Trust made or sold by any Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent
     contractor of the Trust, in such capacity, shall contain an appropriate
     recital to the effect that the Trustee, officer, employee, agent or
     independent contractor of the Trust shall not personally be bound by or
     liable thereunder, nor shall resort be had to their private property for
     the satisfaction of any obligation or claim thereunder, and appropriate
     references shall be made therein to the Declaration, and may contain any
     further recital which they may deem appropriate, but the omission of such
     recital shall not operate to impose personal liability on any Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor of the Trust.  Subject
     to the provisions of the 1940 Act, the Trust may maintain insurance for
     the protection of the Trust Property, the Holders, and the Trustees,
     officers, employees, agents and independent contractors  of the Trust in
     such amount as the Trustees shall deem adequate to cover possible tort
     liability, and such other insurance as the Trustees in their sole judgment
     shall deem advisable.

              5.7.    Reliance on Experts, etc.  Each Trustee, officer,
     employee, agent or independent contractor of the Trust shall, in the
     performance of such Person's duties, be fully and completely justified and
     protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from
     reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the
     Trust (whether or not the Trust would have the power to indemnify such
     Persons against such liability), upon an opinion of counsel, or upon
     reports made to the Trust by any of its officers or employees or by any
     Investment Adviser or Administrator, accountant, appraiser or other
     experts or consultants selected with reasonable care by the Trustees,
     officers or employees of the Trust, regardless of whether such counsel or
     expert may also be a Trustee.






                                          12
<PAGE>







                                     ARTICLE VI

                                      Interests
                                      ---------

              6.1.    Interests.  The beneficial interest in the Trust Property
     shall consist of non-transferable Interests.  The Interests shall be
     personal property giving only the rights in this Declaration specifically
     set forth.  The value of an Interest shall be equal to the Book Capital
     Account balance of the Holder of the Interest.

              6.2.    Non-Transferability.  A Holder may not transfer, sell or
     exchange its Interest.

              6.3.    Register of Interests.  A register shall be kept at the
     Trust under the direction of the Trustees which shall contain the name,
     address and Book Capital Account balance of each Holder.  Such register
     shall be conclusive as to the identity of the Holders, and the Trust shall
     not be bound to recognize any equitable or legal claim to or interest in
     an Interest which is not contained in such register.  No Holder shall be
     entitled to receive payment of any distribution, nor to have notice given
     to it as herein provided, until it has given its address to such officer
     or agent of the Trust as is keeping such register for entry thereon.


                                     ARTICLE VII

                  Increases, Decreases And Redemptions of Interests
                  -------------------------------------------------
              Subject to applicable law, to the provisions of this Declaration
     and to such restrictions as may from time to time be adopted by the
     Trustees, each Holder shall have the right to vary its investment in the
     Trust at any time without limitation by increasing (through a capital
     contribution) or decreasing (through a capital withdrawal) or by a
     Redemption of its Interest.  An increase in the investment of a Holder in
     the Trust shall be reflected as an increase in the Book Capital Account
     balance of that Holder and a decrease in the investment of a Holder in the
     Trust or the Redemption of the Interest of a Holder shall be reflected as
     a decrease in the Book Capital Account balance of that Holder.  The Trust
     shall, upon appropriate and adequate notice from any Holder increase,
     decrease or redeem such Holder's Interest for an amount determined by the
     application of a formula adopted for such purpose by resolution of the
     Trustees; provided that (a) the amount received by the Holder upon any
     such decrease or Redemption shall not exceed the decrease in the Holder's
     Book Capital Account balance effected by such decrease or Redemption of
     its Interest, and (b) if so authorized by the Trustees, the Trust may, at
     any time and from time to time, charge fees for effecting any such
     decrease or Redemption, at such rates as the Trustees may establish, and
     may, at any time and from time to time, suspend such right of decrease or
     Redemption.  The procedures for effecting decreases or Redemptions shall
     be as determined by the Trustees from time to time.

                                          13
<PAGE>







                                     ARTICLE VIII

                        Determination of Book Capital Account
                              Balances and Distributions
                              --------------------------

              8.1.    Book Capital Account Balances.  The Book Capital Account
     balance of each Holder shall be determined on such days and at such time
     or times as the Trustees may determine.  The Trustees shall adopt
     resolutions setting forth the method of determining the Book Capital
     Account balance of each Holder.  The power and duty to make calculations
     pursuant to such resolutions may be delegated by the Trustees to the
     Investment Adviser, Administrator, custodian, or such other Person as the
     Trustees may determine.  Upon the Redemption of an Interest, the Holder of
     that Interest shall be entitled to receive the balance of its Book Capital
     Account.  A Holder may not transfer, sell or exchange its Book Capital
     Account balance.

              8.2.    Allocations and Distributions to Holders.  The Trustees
     shall, in compliance with the Code, the 1940 Act and generally accepted
     accounting principles, establish the procedures by which the Trust shall
     make (i) the allocation of unrealized gains and losses, taxable income and
     tax loss, and profit and loss, or any item or items thereof, to each
     Holder, (ii) the payment of distributions, if any, to Holders, and
     (iii) upon liquidation, the final distribution of items of taxable income
     and expense.  Such procedures shall be set forth in writing and be
     furnished to the Trust's accountants. The Trustees may amend the
     procedures adopted pursuant to this Section 8.2 from time to time.  The
     Trustees may retain from the net profits such amount as they may deem
     necessary to pay the liabilities and expenses of the Trust, to meet
     obligations of the Trust, and as they may deem desirable to use in the
     conduct of the affairs of the Trust or to retain for future requirements
     or extensions of the business.

              8.3.    Power to Modify Foregoing Procedures.  Notwithstanding
     any of the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII, the Trustees may
     prescribe, in their absolute discretion, such other bases and times for
     determining the net income of the Trust, the allocation of income of the
     Trust, the Book Capital Account balance of each Holder, or the payment of
     distributions to the Holders as they may deem necessary or desirable to
     enable the Trust to comply with any provision of the 1940 Act or any order
     of exemption issued by the Commission or with the Code.


                                     ARTICLE IX

                                       Holders
                                       -------
              9.1.    Rights of Holders.  The ownership of the Trust Property
     and the right to conduct any business described herein are vested
     exclusively in the Trustees, and the Holders shall have no right or title

                                          14
<PAGE>






     therein other than the beneficial interest conferred by their Interests
     and they shall have no power or right to call for any partition or
     division of any Trust Property. 

              9.2.    Meetings of Holders.  Meetings of Holders may be called
     at any time by a majority of the Trustees and shall be called by any
     Trustee upon written request of Holders holding, in the aggregate, not
     less than 10% of the Interests, such request specifying the purpose or
     purposes for which such meeting is to be called.  Any such meeting shall
     be held within or without the State of New York and within or without the
     United States of America on such day and at such time as the Trustees
     shall designate.  Holders of one-third of the Interests, present in person
     or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of any
     business, except as may otherwise be required by the 1940 Act, other
     applicable law, this Declaration or the By-Laws of the Trust.  If a quorum
     is present at a meeting, an affirmative vote of the Holders present, in
     person or by proxy, holding more than 50% of the total Interests of the
     Holders present, either in person or by proxy, at such meeting constitutes
     the action of the Holders, unless a greater number of affirmative votes is
     required by the 1940 Act, other applicable law, this Declaration or the
     By-Laws of the Trust.  All or any one of more Holders may participate in a
     meeting of Holders by means of a conference telephone or similar
     communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in
     the meeting can hear each other and participation in a meeting by means of
     such communications equipment shall constitute presence in person at such
     meeting.

              9.3.    Notice of Meetings.  Notice of each meeting of Holders,
     stating the time, place and purposes of the meeting, shall be given by the
     Trustees by mail to each Holder, at its registered address, mailed at
     least 10 days and not more than 60 days before the meeting.  Notice of any
     meeting may be waived in writing by any Holder either before or after such
     meeting.  The attendance of a Holder at a meeting shall constitute a
     waiver of notice of such meeting except in the situation in which a Holder
     attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction
     of any business on the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or
     convened.  At any meeting, any business properly before the meeting may be
     considered whether or not stated in the notice of the meeting.  Any
     adjourned meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.

              9.4.    Record Date for Meetings, Distributions, etc.  For the
     purpose of determining the Holders who are entitled to notice of and to
     vote or act at any meeting, including any adjournment thereof, or to
     participate in any distribution, or for the purpose of any other action,
     the Trustees may from time to time fix a date, not more than 90 days prior
     to the date of any meeting of Holders or the payment of any distribution
     or the taking of any other action, as the case may be, as a record date
     for the determination of the Persons to be treated as Holders for such
     purpose.  If the Trustees do not, prior to any meeting of the Holders, so
     fix a record date, then the date of mailing notice of the meeting shall be
     the record date.


                                          15
<PAGE>






              9.5.    Proxies, etc.  At any meeting of Holders, any Holder
     entitled to vote thereat may vote by proxy, provided that no proxy shall
     be voted at any meeting unless it shall have been placed on file with the
     Secretary, or with such other officer or agent of the Trust as the
     Secretary may direct, for verification prior to the time at which such
     vote is to be taken.  A proxy may be revoked by a Holder at any time
     before it has been exercised by placing on file with the Secretary, or
     with such other officer or agent of the Trust as the Secretary may direct,
     a later dated proxy or written revocation.  Pursuant to a resolution of a
     majority of the Trustees, proxies may be solicited in the name of the
     Trust or of one or more Trustees or of one or more officers of the Trust.
     Only Holders on the record date shall be entitled to vote.  Each such
     Holder shall be entitled to a vote proportionate to its Interest.  When an
     Interest is held jointly by several Persons, any one of them may vote at
     any meeting in person or by proxy in respect of such Interest, but if more
     than one of them is present at such meeting in person or by proxy, and
     such joint owners or their proxies so present disagree as to any vote to
     be cast, such vote shall not be received in respect of such Interest.  A
     proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a Holder shall be
     deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise, and the burden
     of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger.  No proxy shall be
     valid after one year from the date of execution, unless a longer period is
     expressly stated in such proxy.  The Trust may also permit a Holder to
     authorize and empower individuals named as proxies on any form of proxy
     solicited by the Trustees to vote that Holder's Interest on any matter by
     recording his voting instructions on any recording device maintained for
     that purpose by the Trust or its agent, provided the Holder complies with
     such procedures as the Trustees may designate to be necessary or
     appropriate to determine the authenticity of the voting instructions so
     recorded; such instructions shall be deemed to constitute a written proxy
     signed by the Holder and delivered to the Trust and shall be deemed to be
     dated as of the date such instructions were transmitted, and the Holder
     shall be deemed to have approved and ratified all actions taken by such
     proxies in accordance with the voting instructions so recorded.

              9.6.    Reports.  The Trustees shall cause to be prepared and
     furnished to each Holder, at least annually as of the end of each Fiscal
     Year, a report of operations containing a balance sheet and a statement of
     income of the Trust prepared in conformity with generally accepted
     accounting principles and an opinion of an independent public accountant
     on such financial statements.  The Trustees shall, in addition, furnish to
     each Holder at least semi-annually interim reports of operations
     containing an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such period and an
     unaudited statement of income for the period from the beginning of the
     then-current Fiscal Year to the end of such period.

              9.7.    Inspection of Records.  The books and records of the
     Trust shall be open to inspection by Holders during normal business hours
     for any purpose not harmful to the Trust.

              9.8.    Holder Action by Written Consent.  Any action which may
     be taken by Holders may be taken without a meeting if Holders holding more

                                          16
<PAGE>






     than 50% of all Interests entitled to vote (or such larger proportion
     thereof as shall be required by any express provision of this Declaration)
     consent to the action in writing and the written consents are filed with
     the records of the meetings of Holders.  Such consents shall be treated
     for all purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of Holders.  Each such
     written consent shall be executed by or on behalf of the Holder delivering
     such consent and shall bear the date of such execution.  No such written
     consent shall be effective to take the action referred to therein unless,
     within one year of the earliest dated consent, written consents executed
     by a sufficient number of Holders to take such action are filed with the
     records of the meetings of Holders.

              9.9.    Notices.  Any and all communications, including any and
     all notices to which any Holder may be entitled, shall be deemed duly
     served or given if mailed, postage prepaid, addressed to a Holder at its
     last known address as recorded on the register of the Trust.


                                      ARTICLE X

                                Duration; Termination;
                               Amendment; Mergers; Etc.
                               ------------------------
              10.1.   Duration.  Subject to possible termination or dissolution
     in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.2 and Section 10.3 hereof,
     respectively, the Trust created hereby shall continue until the expiration
     of 20 years after the death of the last survivor of the initial Trustees
     named herein and the following named persons:

     <TABLE>
     <CAPTION>

      Name                                Address                     Date of Birth 

      <S>                                 <C>                         <C>
      Cassius Marcellus Cornelius Clay    742 Old Dublin Road         November 9, 1990
                                          Hancock, NH  03449

      Sara Briggs Sullivan                1308 Rhodes Street          September 17, 1990
                                          Dubois, WY  82513

      Myles Bailey Rawson                 Winhall Hollow Road         May 13, 1990
                                          R.R. #1, Box 178B
                                          Bondville, VT  05340
      Zeben Curtis Kopchak                Box 1126                    October 31, 1989
                                          Cordova, AK  99574

      Landon Harris Clay                  742 Old Dublin Road         February 15, 1989
                                          Hancock, NH  03449
      Kelsey Ann Sullivan                 1308 Rhodes Street          May 1, 1988
                                          Dubois, WY  82513


                                                                      17
<PAGE>






      Name                                Address                     Date of Birth 

      Carter Allen Rawson                 Winhall Hollow Road         January 28, 1988
                                          R.R. #1, Box 178B
                                          Bondville, VT  05340
      Obadiah Barclay Kopchak             Box 1126                    August 29, 1987
                                          Cordova, AK  99574

      Richard Tubman Clay                 742 Old Dublin Road         April 12, 1987
                                          Hancock, NH  03449

      Thomas Moragne Clay                 742 Old Dublin Road         April 11, 1985
                                          Hancock, NH  03449
      Zachariah Bishop Kopchak            Box 1126                    January 11, 1985
                                          Cordova, AK  99574

      Sager Anna Kopchak                  Box 1126                    May 22, 1983
                                          Cordova, AK  99574

     </TABLE.

              10.2.   Termination.

                      (a)      The Trust may be terminated (i) by the
     affirmative vote of Holders of not less than two-thirds of all Interests
     at any meeting of Holders or by an instrument in writing without a
     meeting, executed by a majority of the Trustees and consented to by
     Holders of not less than two-thirds of all Interests, or (ii) by the
     Trustees by written notice to the Holders.  Upon any such termination,

                      (i) the Trust shall carry on no business except for the
              purpose of winding up its affairs;

                      (ii) the Trustees shall proceed to wind up the
              affairs of the Trust and all of the powers of the
              Trustees under this Declaration shall continue until the
              affairs of the Trust have been wound up, including the
              power to fulfill or discharge the contracts of the Trust,
              collect the assets of the Trust, sell, convey, assign,
              exchange or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the
              Trust Property to one or more Persons at public or
              private sale for consideration which may consist in whole
              or in part of cash, securities or other property of any
              kind, discharge or pay the liabilities of the Trust, and
              do all other acts appropriate to liquidate the business
              of the Trust; provided that any sale, conveyance,
              assignment, exchange or other disposition of all or
              substantially all the Trust Property shall require
              approval of the principal terms of the transaction and
              the nature and amount of the consideration by the vote of
              Holders holding more than 50% of all Interests; and


                                          18
<PAGE>






                      (iii) after paying or adequately providing for
              the payment of all liabilities, and upon receipt of such
              releases, indemnities and refunding agreements as they
              deem necessary for their protection, the Trustees shall
              distribute the remaining Trust Property, in cash or in
              kind or partly each, among the Holders according to their
              respective rights as set forth in the procedures
              established pursuant to Section 8.2 hereof.

                      (b)      Upon termination of the Trust and distribution to
     the Holders as herein provided, a majority of the Trustees shall execute
     and file with the records of the Trust an instrument in writing setting
     forth the fact of such termination and distribution.  Upon termination of
     the Trust, the Trustees shall thereupon be discharged from all further
     liabilities and duties hereunder, and the rights and interests of all
     Holders shall thereupon cease.

              10.3.   Dissolution.  Upon the bankruptcy of any Holder, or upon
     the Redemption of any Interest, the Trust shall be dissolved effective 120
     days after the event.  However, the Holders (other than such bankrupt or
     redeeming Holder) may, by a unanimous affirmative vote at any meeting of
     such Holders or by an instrument in writing without a meeting executed by
     a majority of the Trustees and consented to by all such Holders, agree to
     continue the business of the Trust even if there has been such a
     dissolution.

              10.4.   Amendment Procedure.

                      (a)      This Declaration may be amended by the vote of
     Holders of more than 50% of all Interests at any meeting of Holders or by
     an instrument in writing without a meeting, executed by a majority of the
     Trustees and consented to by the Holders of more than 50% of all
     Interests.  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, this Declaration
     may be amended by an instrument in writing executed by a majority of the
     Trustees, and without the vote or consent of Holders, for any one or more
     of the following purposes:  (i) to change the name of the Trust, (ii) to
     supply any omission, or to cure, correct or supplement any ambiguous,
     defective or inconsistent provision hereof, (iii) to conform this
     Declaration to the requirements of applicable federal law or regulations
     or the requirements of the applicable provisions of the Code, (iv) to
     change the state or other jurisdiction designated herein as the state or
     other jurisdiction whose law shall be the governing law hereof, (v) to
     effect such changes herein as the Trustees find to be necessary or
     appropriate (A) to permit the filing of this Declaration under the law of
     such state or other jurisdiction applicable to trusts or voluntary
     associations, (B) to permit the Trust to elect to be treated as a
     "regulated investment company" under the applicable provisions of the
     Code, or (C) to permit the transfer of Interests (or to permit the
     transfer of any other beneficial interest in or share of the Trust,
     however denominated), (vi) in conjunction with any amendment contemplated
     by the foregoing clause (iv) or the foregoing clause (v) to make any and
     all such further changes or modifications to this Declaration as the

                                          19
<PAGE>






     Trustees find to be necessary or appropriate, any finding of the Trustees
     referred to in the foregoing clause (v) or the foregoing clause (vi) to be
     conclusively evidenced by the execution of any such amendment by a
     majority of the Trustees, and (vii) change, modify or rescind any
     provision of this Declaration provided such change, modification or
     rescission is found by the Trustees to be necessary or appropriate and to
     not have a materially adverse effect on the financial interests of the
     Holders, any such finding to be conclusively evidenced by the execution of
     any such amendment by a majority of the Trustees; provided, however, that
     unless effected in compliance with the provisions of Section 10.4(b)
     hereof, no amendment otherwise authorized by this sentence may be made
     which would reduce the amount payable with respect to any Interest upon
     liquidation of the Trust and; provided, further, that the Trustees shall
     not be liable for failing to make any amendment permitted by this Section
     10.4(a).

                      (b)      No amendment may be made under Section 10.4(a)
     hereof which would change any rights with respect to any Interest by
     reducing the amount payable thereon upon liquidation of the Trust, except
     with the vote or consent of Holders of two-thirds of all Interests.

                      (c)      A certification in recordable form executed by a
     majority of the Trustees setting forth an amendment and reciting that it
     was duly adopted by the Holders or by the Trustees as aforesaid or a copy
     of the Declaration, as amended, in recordable form, and executed by a
     majority of the Trustees, shall be conclusive evidence of such amendment
     when filed with the records of the Trust.

              Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, until such time as
     Interests are first sold, this Declaration may be terminated or amended in
     any respect by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees at any
     meeting of Trustees or by an instrument executed by a majority of the
     Trustees.

              10.5.   Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets.  The Trust may
     merge or consolidate with any other corporation, association, trust or
     other organization or may sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all
     of the Trust Property, including good will, upon such terms and conditions
     and for such consideration when and as authorized at any meeting of
     Holders called for such purpose by a Majority Interests Vote, and any such
     merger, consolidation, sale, lease or exchange shall be deemed for all
     purposes to have been accomplished under and pursuant to the statutes of
     the State of New York.

              10.6.   Incorporation.  Upon a Majority Interests Vote, the
     Trustees may cause to be organized or assist in organizing a corporation
     or corporations under the law of any jurisdiction or a trust, partnership,
     association or other organization to take over the Trust Property or to
     carry on any business in which the Trust directly or indirectly has any
     interest, and to sell, convey and transfer the Trust Property to any such
     corporation, trust, partnership, association or other organization in
     exchange for the equity interests thereof or otherwise, and to lend money

                                          20
<PAGE>






     to, subscribe for the equity interests of, and enter into any contract
     with any such corporation, trust, partnership, association or other
     organization, or any corporation, trust, partnership, association or other
     organization in which the Trust holds or is about to acquire equity
     interests.  The Trustees may also cause a merger or consolidation between
     the Trust or any successor thereto and any such corporation, trust,
     partnership, association or other organization if and to the extent
     permitted by law.  Nothing contained herein shall be construed as
     requiring approval of the Holders for the Trustees to organize or assist
     in organizing one or more corporations, trusts, partnerships, associations
     or other organizations and selling, conveying or transferring a portion of
     the Trust Property to one or more of such organizations or entities.


                                     ARTICLE XI

                                    Miscellaneous
                                    -------------
              11.1.   Governing Law.  This Declaration is executed by the
     Trustees and delivered in the State of New York and with reference to the
     law thereof, and the rights of all parties and the validity and
     construction of every provision hereof shall be subject to and construed
     in accordance with the law of the State of New York and reference shall be
     specifically made to the trust law of the State of New York as to the
     construction of matters not specifically covered herein or as to which an
     ambiguity exists.

              11.2.   Counterparts.  This Declaration may be simultaneously
     executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an
     original, and such counterparts, together, shall constitute one and the
     same instrument, which shall be sufficiently evidenced by any one such
     original counterpart.

              11.3.   Reliance by Third Parties.  Any certificate executed by
     an individual who, according to the records of the Trust or of any
     recording office in which this Declaration may be recorded, appears to be
     a Trustee hereunder, certifying to:  (a) the number or identity of
     Trustees or Holders, (b) the due authorization of the execution of any
     instrument or writing, (c) the form of any vote passed at a meeting of
     Trustees or Holders, (d) the fact that the number of Trustees or Holders
     present at any meeting or executing any written instrument satisfies the
     requirements of this Declaration, (e) the form of any By-Laws adopted by
     or the identity of any officer elected by the Trustees, or (f) the
     existence of any fact or facts which in any manner relate to the affairs
     of the Trust, shall be conclusive evidence as to the matters so certified
     in favor of any Person dealing with the Trustees.

              11.4.   Provisions in Conflict With Law or Regulations.

                      (a)      The provisions of this Declaration are severable,
     and if the Trustees shall determine, with the advice of counsel, that any
     of such provisions is in conflict with the 1940 Act, or with other

                                          21
<PAGE>






     applicable law and regulations, the conflicting provision shall be deemed
     never to have constituted a part of this Declaration; provided, however,
     that such determination shall not affect any of the remaining provisions
     of this Declaration or render invalid or improper any action taken or
     omitted prior to such determination.

                      (b)      If any provision of this Declaration shall be
     held invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or
     unenforceability shall attach only to such provision in such jurisdiction
     and shall not in any manner affect such provision in any other
     jurisdiction or any other provision of this Declaration in any
     jurisdiction.


              IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this instrument
     as of the day and year first above written.

                                        /s/James G. Baur
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       James G. Baur, as Trustee and
                                       not individually

                                        /s/H. Day Brigham, Jr.
                                       ------------------------------------
                                       H. Day Brigham, Jr., as Trustee and 
                                       not individually

                                        /s/James B. Hawkes
                                       -------------------------------------
                                       James B. Hawkes, as Trustee and
                                       not individually






















                                          22
<PAGE>

</TABLE>










                             MICHIGAN TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                          AMENDMENT TO DECLARATION OF TRUST

                                    June 13, 1994


     The undersigned, being a majority of the Trustees of the Michigan Tax Free
     Portfolio, acting pursuant to Section 10.4 of ARTICLE X of the Declaration
     of Trust, do hereby change and amend the seventh paragraph of Section 1.2
     of ARTICLE I of the Declaration of Trust to read as follows:

     "Fiscal Year" shall mean an annual period determined by the Trustee which
     ends on July 31st of each year or on such other day as is permitted or
     required by the code.

     Further, the undersigned do hereby declare and find that the foregoing
     change and amendment is necessary and appropriate and does not have a
     materially adverse effect on the financial interest of the Holders of the
     Portfolio.  Said Amendment shall take effect on the date set forth above.



     /s/ Donald R. Dwight              /s/ Norton H. Reamer            
     --------------------------        --------------------------------
     Donald R. Dwight                      Norton H. Reamer



     /s/ James B. Hawkes               /s/ John L. Thorndike           
     --------------------------        --------------------------------
     James B. Hawkes                   John L. Thorndike



     /s/ Samuel L. Hayes, III          /s/ Jack L. Treynor             
     --------------------------        --------------------------------
     Samuel L. Hayes, III              Jack L. Treynor
<PAGE>









                            MICHIGAN MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO
                    (formerly called Michigan Tax Free Portfolio)

                          AMENDMENT TO DECLARATION OF TRUST

                                   December 1, 1995

              AMENDMENT, made December 1, 1995 to the Declaration of Trust made
     May 1, 1992, as amended June 13, 1994, (hereinafter called the
     "Declaration") of Michigan Tax Free Portfolio, a New York trust
     (hereinafter called the "Trust") by the undersigned, being at least a
     majority of the Trustees of the Trust in office on December 1, 1995.

              WHEREAS, Section 10.4 of Article X of the Declaration empowers a
     majority of the Trustees of the Trust to amend the Declaration without the
     vote or consent of Holders to change the name of the Trust;

              NOW, THEREFORE, the undersigned Trustees, do hereby amend the
     Declaration in the following manner:

              1. The caption at the head of the Declaration is hereby amended
     to read as follows:

                            MICHIGAN MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO

              2. Section 1.1 of Article I of the Declaration is hereby amended
              to read as follows:

                                      ARTICLE I

              1.1. Name.  The name of the trust created hereby (the "Trust")
     shall be Michigan Municipals Portfolio and so far as may be practicable
     the Trustees shall conduct the Trust's activities, execute all documents
     and sue or be sued under that name, which name (and the word "Trust"
     wherever hereinafter used) shall refer to the Trustees as Trustees, and
     not individually, and shall not refer to the officers, employees, agents
     or independent contractors of the Trust or holders of interests in the
     Trust.

              IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Trustees have executed this
     instrument this 1st
     day of December, 1995.
                           

     ------------------------          ----------------------------
     Donald R. Dwight                  Norton H. Reamer


     -----------------------           ----------------------------
     James B. Hawkes                   John L. Thorndike


     ------------------------          ----------------------------
     Samuel L. Hayes, III              Jack L. Treynor                      
<PAGE>





























                             MICHIGAN TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                             ---------------------------


                                       BY-LAWS

                                As Adopted May 1, 1992
<PAGE>







                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
     ARTICLE I -- Meetings of Holders    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

              Section 1.1      Records at Holder Meetings    . . . . . . . .   1
              Section 1.2      Inspectors of Election    . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE II -- Officers    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2

              Section 2.1      Officers of the Trust   . . . . . . . . . . .   2
              Section 2.2      Election and Tenure   . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
              Section 2.3      Removal of Officers   . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
              Section 2.4      Bonds and Surety    . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
              Section 2.5      Chairman, President and Vice President    . .   2
              Section 2.6      Secretary   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
              Section 2.7      Treasurer   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
              Section 2.8      Other Officers and Duties   . . . . . . . . .   3

     ARTICLE III -- Miscellaneous    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

              Section 3.1      Depositories    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 3.2      Signatures    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 3.3      Seal  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 3.4      Indemnification   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 3.5      Distribution Disbursing Agents and the
                               Like    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

     ARTICLE IV -- Regulations; Amendment of By-Laws   . . . . . . . . . . .   5

              Section 4.1      Regulations   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
              Section 4.2      Amendment and Repeal of By-Laws   . . . . . .   5













                                          i
<PAGE>






                                       BY-LAWS

                                          OF

                             MICHIGAN TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                             ---------------------------


                      These By-Laws are made and adopted pursuant to Section
     2.7 of the Declaration of Trust establishing MICHIGAN TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
     (the "Trust"), dated as of May 1, 1992, as from time to time amended (the
     "Declaration").  All words and terms capitalized in these By-Laws shall
     have the meaning or meanings set forth for such words or terms in the
     Declaration.

                                      ARTICLE I

                                 Meetings of Holders
                                 -------------------
                      Section 1.1.  Records at Holder Meetings.  At each
     meeting of the Holders there shall be open for inspection the minutes of
     the last previous meeting of Holders of the Trust and a list of the
     Holders of the Trust, certified to be true and correct by the Secretary or
     other proper agent of the Trust, as of the record date of the meeting. 
     Such list of Holders shall contain the name of each Holder in alphabetical
     order and the address and Interest owned by such Holder on such record
     date.

                      Section 1.2.  Inspectors of Election.  In advance of any
     meeting of the Holders, the Trustees may appoint Inspectors of Election to
     act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof.  If Inspectors of Election
     are not so appointed, the chairman, if any, of any meeting of the Holders
     may, and on the request of any Holder or his proxy shall, appoint
     Inspectors of Election.  The number of Inspectors of Election shall be
     either one or three.  If appointed at the meeting on the request of one or
     more Holders or proxies, a Majority Interests Vote shall determine whether
     one or three Inspectors of Election are to be appointed, but failure to
     allow such determination by the Holders shall not affect the validity of
     the appointment of Inspectors of Election.  In case any individual
     appointed as an Inspector of Election fails to appear or fails or refuses
     to so act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Trustees
     in advance of the convening of the meeting or at the meeting by the
     individual acting as chairman of the meeting.  The Inspectors of Election
     shall determine the Interest owned by each Holder, the Interests
     represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the authenticity,
     validity and effect of proxies, shall receive votes, ballots or consents,
     shall hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising
     in connection with the right to vote, shall count and tabulate all votes
     or consents, shall determine the results, and shall do such other acts as
     may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all
     Holders.  If there are three Inspectors of Election, the decision, act or
     certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision,
     act or certificate of all.  On request of the chairman, if any, of the
     meeting, or of any Holder or its proxy, the Inspectors of Election shall
<PAGE>






     make a report in writing of any challenge or question or matter determined
     by them and shall execute a certificate of any facts found by them.


                                     ARTICLE II

                                       Officers
                                       --------
                      Section 2.1.  Officers of the Trust.  The officers of the
     Trust shall consist of a Chairman, if any, a President, a Secretary, a
     Treasurer and such other officers or assistant officers, including Vice
     Presidents, as may be elected by the Trustees.  Any two or more of the
     offices may be held by the same individual.  The Trustees may designate a
     Vice President as an Executive Vice President and may designate the order
     in which the other Vice Presidents may act.  The Chairman shall be a
     Trustee, but no other officer of the Trust, including the President, need
     be a Trustee.

                      Section 2.2.  Election and Tenure.  At the initial
     organization meeting and thereafter at each annual meeting of the
     Trustees, the Trustees shall elect the Chairman, if any, the President,
     the Secretary, the Treasurer and such other officers as the Trustees shall
     deem necessary or appropriate in order to carry out the business of the
     Trust.  Such officers shall hold office until the next annual meeting of
     the Trustees and until their successors have been duly elected and
     qualified.  The Trustees may fill any vacancy in office or add any
     additional officer at any time.

                      Section 2.3.  Removal of Officers.  Any officer may be
     removed at any time, with or without cause, by action of a majority of the
     Trustees.  This provision shall not prevent the making of a contract of
     employment for a definite term with any officer and shall have no effect
     upon any cause of action which any officer may have as a result of removal
     in breach of a contract of employment.  Any officer may resign at any time
     by notice in writing signed by such officer and delivered or mailed to the
     Chairman, if any, the President or the Secretary, and such resignation
     shall take effect immediately, or at a later date according to the terms
     of such notice in writing.

                      Section 2.4.  Bonds and Surety.  Any officer may be
     required by the Trustees to be bonded for the faithful performance of his
     duties in such amount and with such sureties as the Trustees may
     determine.

                      Section 2.5.  Chairman, President and Vice Presidents. 
     The Chairman, if any, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the
     Holders and of the Trustees and shall exercise and perform such other
     powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the
     Trustees.  Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by
     the Trustees to the Chairman, if any, the President shall be the chief
     executive officer of the Trust and, subject to the  control of the
     Trustees, shall have general supervision, direction and control of the

                                         -2-
<PAGE>






     business of the Trust and of its employees and shall exercise such general
     powers of management as are usually vested in the office of President of a
     corporation.  In the absence of the Chairman, if any, the President shall
     preside at all meetings of the Holders and, in the absence of the
     Chairman, the President shall preside at all meetings of the Trustees. 
     The President shall be, ex officio, a member of all standing committees of
     Trustees.  Subject to the direction of the Trustees, the President shall
     have the power, in the name and on behalf of the Trust, to execute any and
     all loan documents, contracts, agreements, deeds, mortgages and other
     instruments in writing, and to employ and discharge employees and agents
     of the Trust.  Unless otherwise directed by the Trustees, the President
     shall have full authority and power to attend, to act and to vote, on
     behalf of the Trust, at any meeting of any business organization in which
     the Trust holds an interest, or to confer such powers upon any other
     person, by executing any proxies duly authorizing such person.  The
     President shall have such further authorities and duties as the Trustees
     shall from time to time determine.  In the absence or disability of the
     President, the Vice Presidents in order of their rank or the Vice
     President designated by the Trustees, shall perform all of the duties of
     the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be
     subject to all of the restrictions upon the President.  Subject to the
     direction of the President, each Vice President shall have the power in
     the name and on behalf of the Trust to execute any and all loan documents,
     contracts, agreements, deeds, mortgages and other instruments in writing,
     and, in addition, shall have such other duties and powers as shall be
     designated from time to time by the Trustees or by the President.

                      Section 2.6.  Secretary.  The Secretary shall keep the
     minutes of all meetings of, and record all votes of, Holders, Trustees and
     the Executive Committee, if any.  The results of all actions taken at a
     meeting of the Trustees, or by written consent of the Trustees, shall be
     recorded by the Secretary.  The Secretary shall be custodian of the seal
     of the Trust, if any, and (and any other person so authorized by the
     Trustees) shall affix the seal or, if permitted, a facsimile thereof, to
     any instrument executed by the Trust which would be sealed by a New York
     corporation executing the same or a similar instrument and shall attest
     the seal and the signature or signatures of the officer or officers
     executing such instrument on behalf of the Trust.  The Secretary shall
     also perform any other duties commonly incident to such office in a New
     York corporation, and shall have such other authorities and duties as the
     Trustees shall from time to time determine.

                      Section 2.7.  Treasurer.  Except as otherwise directed by
     the Trustees, the Treasurer shall have the general supervision of the
     monies, funds, securities, notes receivable and other valuable papers and
     documents of the Trust, and shall have and exercise under the supervision
     of the Trustees and of the President all powers and duties normally
     incident to his office.  The Treasurer may endorse for deposit or
     collection all notes, checks and other instruments payable to the Trust or
     to its order and shall deposit all funds of the Trust as may be ordered by
     the Trustees or the President.  The Treasurer shall keep accurate account
     of the books of the Trust's transactions which shall be the property of

                                         -3-
<PAGE>






     the Trust, and which together with all other property of the Trust in his
     possession, shall be subject at all times to the inspection and control of
     the Trustees.  Unless the Trustees shall otherwise determine, the
     Treasurer shall be the principal accounting officer of the Trust and shall
     also be the principal financial officer of the Trust.  The Treasurer shall
     have such other duties and authorities as the Trustees shall from time to
     time determine.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein
     contained, the Trustees may authorize the Investment Adviser or the
     Administrator to maintain bank accounts and deposit and disburse funds on
     behalf of the Trust.

                      Section 2.8.  Other Officers and Duties.  The Trustees
     may elect such other officers and assistant officers as they shall from
     time to time determine to be necessary or desirable in order to conduct
     the business of the Trust.  Assistant officers shall act generally in the
     absence of the officer whom they assist and shall assist that officer in
     the duties of his office.  Each officer, employee and agent of the Trust
     shall have such other duties and authorities as may be conferred upon him
     by the Trustees or delegated to him by the President.


                                     ARTICLE III

                                    Miscellaneous
                                    -------------
                      Section 3.1.  Depositories.  The funds of the Trust shall
     be deposited in such depositories as the Trustees shall designate and
     shall be drawn out on checks, drafts or other orders signed by such
     officer, officers, agent or agents (including the Investment Adviser or
     the Administrator) as the Trustees may from time to time authorize.

                      Section 3.2.  Signatures.  All contracts and other
     instruments shall be executed on behalf of the Trust by such officer,
     officers, agent or agents as provided in these By-Laws or as the Trustees
     may from time to time by resolution provide.

                      Section 3.3.  Seal.  The seal of the Trust, if any, may
     be affixed to any document, and the seal and its attestation may be
     lithographed, engraved or otherwise printed on any document with the same
     force and effect as if it had been imprinted and attested manually in the
     same manner and with the same effect as if done by a New York corporation.

                      Section 3.4.  Indemnification.  Insofar as the
     conditional advancing of indemnification monies under Section 5.4 of the
     Declaration for actions based upon the 1940 Act may be concerned, such
     payments will be made only on the following conditions: (i) the advances
     must be limited to amounts used, or to be used, for the preparation or
     presentation of a defense to the action, including costs connected with
     the preparation of a settlement; (ii) advances may be made only upon
     receipt of a written promise by, or on behalf of, the recipient to repay
     the amount of the advance which exceeds the amount to which it is
     ultimately determined that he is entitled to receive from the Trust by

                                         -4-
<PAGE>






     reason of indemnification; and (iii) (a) such promise must be secured by a
     surety bond, other suitable insurance or an equivalent form of security
     which assures that any repayment may be obtained by the Trust without
     delay or litigation, which bond, insurance or other form of security must
     be provided by the recipient of the advance, or (b) a majority of a quorum
     of the Trust's disinterested, non-party Trustees, or an independent legal
     counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based upon a review of
     readily available facts, that the recipient of the advance ultimately will
     be found entitled to indemnification.

                      Section 3.5.  Distribution Disbursing Agents and the
     Like.  The Trustees shall have the power to employ and compensate such
     distribution disbursing agents, warrant agents and agents for the
     reinvestment of distributions as they shall deem necessary or desirable. 
     Any of such agents shall have such power and authority as is delegated to
     any of them by the Trustees.

                                     ARTICLE IV

                          Regulations; Amendment of By-Laws
                          ---------------------------------
                      Section 4.1.  Regulations.  The Trustees may make such
     additional rules and regulations, not inconsistent with these By-Laws, as
     they may deem expedient concerning the sale and purchase of Interests of
     the Trust.

                      Section 4.2.  Amendment and Repeal of By-Laws.  In
     accordance with Section 2.7 of the Declaration, the Trustees shall have
     the power to alter, amend or repeal the By-Laws or adopt new By-Laws at
     any time.  Action by the Trustees with respect to the By-Laws shall be
     taken by an affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees.  The Trustees
     shall in no event adopt By-Laws which are in conflict with the
     Declaration.

                      The Declaration refers to the Trustees as Trustees, but
     not as individuals or personally; and no Trustee, officer, employee or
     agent of the Trust shall be held to any personal liability, nor shall
     resort be had to their private property for the satisfaction of any
     obligation or claim or otherwise in connection with the affairs of the
     Trust.













                                         -5-
<PAGE>









                             MICHIGAN TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                            INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT


              AGREEMENT made this 13th day of October, 1992, between Michigan
     Tax Free Portfolio, a New York trust (the "Trust"), and Boston Management
     and Research, a Massachusetts business trust (the "Adviser").

              1.      Duties of the Adviser.  The Trust hereby employs the
     Adviser to act as investment adviser for and to manage the investment and
     reinvestment of the assets of the Trust and to administer its affairs,
     subject to the supervision of the Trustees of the Trust, for the period
     and on the terms set forth in this Agreement.

              The Adviser hereby accepts such employment, and undertakes to
     afford to the Trust the advice and assistance of the Adviser's
     organization in the choice of investments and in the purchase and sale of
     securities for the Trust and to furnish for the use of the Trust office
     space and all necessary office facilities, equipment and personnel for
     servicing the investments of the Trust and for administering its affairs
     and to pay the salaries and fees of all officers and Trustees of the Trust
     who are members of the Adviser's organization and all personnel of the
     Adviser performing services relating to research and investment
     activities.  The Adviser shall for all purposes herein be deemed to be an
     independent contractor and shall, except as otherwise expressly provided
     or authorized, have no authority to act for or represent the Trust in any
     way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Trust.

              The Adviser shall provide the Trust with such investment
     management and supervision as the Trust may from time to time consider
     necessary for the proper supervision of the Trust.  As investment adviser
     to the Trust, the Adviser shall furnish continuously an investment program
     and shall determine from time to time what securities and other
     investments shall be acquired, disposed of or exchanged and what portion
     of the Trust's assets shall be held uninvested, subject always to the
     applicable restrictions of the Declaration of Trust, By-Laws and
     registration statement of the Trust under the Investment Company Act of
     1940, all as from time to time amended.  Should the Trustees of the Trust
     at any time, however, make any specific determination as to investment
     policy for the Trust and notify the Adviser thereof in writing, the
     Adviser shall be bound by such determination for the period, if any,
     specified in such notice or until similarly notified that such
     determination has been revoked.  The Adviser shall take, on behalf of the
     Trust, all actions which it deems necessary or desirable to implement the
     investment policies of the Trust.

              The Adviser shall place all orders for the purchase or sale of
     portfolio securities for the account of the Trust either directly with the
     issuer or with brokers or dealers selected by the Adviser, and to that end
     the Adviser is authorized as the agent of the Trust to give instructions
     to the custodian of the Trust as to deliveries of securities and payment
     of cash for the account of the Trust.  In connection with the selection of
     such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, the Adviser shall
<PAGE>






     use its best efforts to seek to execute security transactions at prices
     which are advantageous to the Trust and (when a disclosed commission is
     being charged) at reasonably competitive commission rates.  In selecting
     brokers or dealers qualified to execute a particular transaction, brokers
     or dealers may be selected who also provide brokerage and research
     services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities
     Exchange Act of 1934) to the Adviser and the Adviser is expressly
     authorized to pay any broker or dealer who provides such brokerage and
     research services a commission for executing a security transaction which
     is in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would
     have charged for effecting that transaction if the Adviser determines in
     good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the
     value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or
     dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the
     overall responsibilities which the Adviser and its affiliates have with
     respect to accounts over which they exercise investment discretion. 
     Subject to the requirement set forth in the second sentence of this
     paragraph, the Adviser is authorized to consider, as a factor in the
     selection of any broker or dealer with whom purchase or sale orders may be
     placed, the fact that such broker or dealer has sold or is selling shares
     of any one or more investment companies sponsored by the Adviser or its
     affiliates or shares of any other investment company investing in the
     Trust.

              2.      Compensation of the Adviser.  For the services, payments
     and facilities to be furnished hereunder by the Adviser, the Adviser shall
     be entitled to receive from the Trust, on a daily basis, compensation is
     an amount equal to the aggregate of:

              (a)     a daily asset-based fee computed by applying the annual
     asset rate applicable to that portion of the total daily net assets of the
     Trust in each Category as indicated below:

                                                            Annual Asset
       Category   Daily Net Assets                          Rate
       --------   ----------------                          ------------
       1          up to $20 million                         0.100%
       2          $20 million but less than $40 million     0.200%
       3          $40 million but less than $500 million    0.300%
       4          $500 million but less than $1 billion     0.275%
       5          $1 billion but less than $1.5 billion     0.250%
       6          $1.5 billion but less than $2 billion     0.225%
       7          $2 billion but less than $3 billion       0.200%
       8          $3 billion and over                       0.175%, plus

              (b)     a daily income-based fee computed by applying the daily
     income rate applicable to that portion of the total daily gross income of
     the Trust (which portion shall bear the same relationship to the total
     daily gross income on such day as that portion of the total daily net
     assets of the Trust in the same Category bears to the total daily net
     assets on such day) in each Category as indicated below:


                                         -2-                                    
<PAGE>






                                                             Daily Income
       Category    Daily Net Assets                          Rate
       --------    ----------------                          ------------
       1           up to $20 million                         1.00%
       2           $20 million but less than $40 million     2.00%
       3           $40 million but less than $500 million    3.00%
       4           $500 million but less than $1 billion     2.75%
       5           $1 billion but less than $1.5 billion     2.50%
       6           $1.5 billion but less than $2 billion     2.25%
       7           $2 billion but less than $3 billion       2.00%
       8           $3 billion and over                       1.75%, plus

     Such daily compensation shall be paid monthly in arrears on the last
     business day of each month.  The Trust's daily net assets and gross income
     shall be computed in accordance with the Declaration of Trust of the Trust
     and any applicable votes and determinations of the Trustees of the Trust.

              In case of initiation or termination of the Agreement during any
     month with respect to the Trust, the fee for that month shall be based on
     the number of calendar days during which it is in effect.

              The Adviser may, from time to time, waive all or a part of the
     above compensation.

              3.      Allocation of Charges and Expenses.  It is understood
     that the Trust will pay all its expenses other than those expressly stated
     to be payable by the Adviser hereunder, which expenses payable by the
     Trust shall include, without implied limitation, (i) expenses of
     maintaining the Trust and continuing its existence, (ii) registration of
     the Trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940, (iii) commissions,
     fees and other expenses connected with the acquisition, holding and
     disposition of securities and other investments, (iv) auditing, accounting
     and legal expenses, (v) taxes and interest, (vi) governmental fees, (vii)
     expenses of issue, sale and redemption of Interests in the Trust, (viii)
     expenses of registering and qualifying the Trust and Interests in the
     Trust under federal and state securities laws and of preparing and
     printing registration statements or other offering statements or memoranda
     for such purposes and for distributing the same to Holders and investors,
     and fees and expenses of registering and maintaining registrations of the
     Trust and the Trust's placement agent as broker-dealer or agent under
     state securities laws, (ix) expenses of reports and notices to Holders and
     of meetings of Holders and proxy solicitations therefor, (x) expenses of
     reports to governmental officers and commissions, (xi) insurance expenses,
     (xii) association membership dues, (xiii) fees, expenses and disbursements
     of custodians and subcustodians for all services to the Trust (including
     without limitation safekeeping of funds, securities and other investments,
     keeping of books, accounts and records, and determination of net asset
     values, book capital account balances and tax capital account balances),
     (xiv) fees, expenses and disbursements of transfer agents, dividend
     disbursing agents, Holder servicing agents and registrars for all services
     to the Trust, (xv) expenses for servicing the accounts of Holders, (xvi)
     any direct charges to Holders approved by the Trustees of the Trust,

                                         -3-                                    
<PAGE>






     (xvii) compensation and expenses of Trustees of the Trust who are not
     members of the Adviser's organization, and (xviii) such non-recurring
     items as may arise, including expenses incurred in connection with
     litigation, proceedings and claims and the obligation of the Trust to
     indemnify its Trustees, officers and Holders with respect thereto.

              4.      Other Interests.  It is understood that Trustees and
     officers of the Trust and Holders of Interests in the Trust are or may be
     or become interested in the Adviser as trustees, shareholders or otherwise
     and that trustees, officers and shareholders of the Adviser are or may be
     or become similarly interested in the Trust, and that the Adviser may be
     or become interested in the Trust as Holder or otherwise.  It is also
     understood that trustees, officers, employees and shareholders of the
     Adviser may be or become interested (as directors, trustees, officers,
     employees, shareholders or otherwise) in other companies or entities
     (including, without limitation, other investment companies) which the
     Adviser may organize, sponsor or acquire, or with which it may merge or
     consolidate, and which may include the words "Eaton Vance" or "Boston
     Management and Research" or any combination thereof as part of their name,
     and that the Adviser or its subsidiaries or affiliates may enter into
     advisory or management agreements or other contracts or relationships with
     such other companies or entities.

              5.      Limitation of Liability of the Adviser.  The services of
     the Adviser to the Trust are not to be deemed to be exclusive, the Adviser
     being free to render services to others and engage in other business
     activities.  In the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross
     negligence or reckless disregard of obligations or duties hereunder on the
     part of the Adviser, the Adviser shall not be subject to liability to the
     Trust or to any Holder of Interests in the Trust for any act or omission
     in the course of, or connected with, rendering services hereunder or for
     any losses which may be sustained in the acquisition, holding or
     disposition of any security or other investment.

              6.      Sub-Investment Advisers.  The Adviser may employ one or
     more sub-investment advisers from time to time to perform such of the acts
     and services of the Adviser, including the selection of brokers or dealers
     to execute the Trust's portfolio security transactions, and upon such
     terms and conditions as may be agreed upon between the Adviser and such
     investment adviser and approved by the Trustees of the Trust.

              7.      Duration and Termination of this Agreement.  This
     Agreement shall become effective upon the date of its execution, and,
     unless terminated as herein provided, shall remain in full force and
     effect through and including February 28, 1994 and shall continue in full
     force and effect indefinitely thereafter, but only so long as such
     continuance after February 28, 1994 is specifically approved at least
     annually (i) by the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by vote of a
     majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust and (ii) by the
     vote of a majority of those Trustees of the Trust who are not interested
     persons of the Adviser or the Trust cast in person at a meeting called for
     the purpose of voting on such approval.

                                         -4-                                    
<PAGE>






              Either party hereto may, at any time on sixty (60) days' prior
     written notice to the other, terminate this Agreement without the payment
     of any penalty, by action of Trustees of the Trust or the trustees of the
     Adviser, as the case may be, and the Trust may, at any time upon such
     written notice to the Adviser, terminate this Agreement by vote of a
     majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust.  This
     Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

              8.      Amendments of the Agreement.  This Agreement may be
     amended by a writing signed by both parties hereto, provided that no
     amendment to this Agreement shall be effective until approved (i) by the
     vote of a majority of those Trustees of the Trust who are not interested
     persons of the Adviser or the Trust cast in person at a meeting called for
     the purpose of voting on such approval, and (ii) by vote of a majority of
     the outstanding voting securities of the Trust.

              9.      Limitation of Liability.  The Adviser expressly
     acknowledges the provision in the Declaration of Trust of the Trust
     (Section 5.2 and 5.6) limiting the personal liability of the Trustees and
     officers of the Trust, and the Adviser hereby agrees that it shall have
     recourse to the Trust for payment of claims or obligations as between the
     Trust and the Adviser arising out of this Agreement and shall not seek
     satisfaction from any Trustee or officer of the Trust.

              10.     Certain Definitions.  The terms "assignment" and
     "interested persons" when used herein shall have the respective meanings
     specified in the Investment Company Act of 1940 as now in effect or as
     hereafter amended subject, however, to such exemptions as may be granted
     by the Securities and Exchange Commission by any rule, regulation or
     order.  The term "vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities"
     shall mean the vote, at a meeting of Holders, of the lesser of (a) 67 per
     centum or more of the Interests in the Trust present or represented by
     proxy at the meeting if the Holders of more than 50 per centum of the
     outstanding Interests in the Trust are present or represented by proxy at
     the meeting, or (b) more than 50 per centum of the outstanding Interests
     in the Trust.  The terms "Holders" and "Interests" when used herein shall
     have the respective meanings specified in the Declaration of Trust of the
     Trust.

              IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement
     to be executed on the day and year first above written.


     MICHIGAN TAX FREE PORTFOLIO       BOSTON MANAGEMENT AND RESEARCH


     By:  /s/James B. Hawkes           By:  /s/Curtis H. Jones
         -----------------------           -----------------------------
         President                          Vice President,
                                            and not individually



                                         -5-                                    
<PAGE>









                              PLACEMENT AGENT AGREEMENT



                                                        January 29, 1993


     Eaton Vance Distributors, Inc.
     24 Federal Street
     Boston, Massachusetts  02110

     Gentlemen:

              This is to confirm that, in consideration of the agreements
     hereinafter contained, the undersigned, Michigan Tax Free Portfolio (the
     "Trust"), an open-end non-diversified management investment company
     registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940
     Act"), organized as a New York trust, has agreed that Eaton Vance
     Distributors, Inc. ("EVD") shall be the placement agent (the "Placement
     Agent") of Interests in the Trust ("Trust Interests").

              1.  Services as Placement Agent.
                  ---------------------------
              1.1  EVD will act as Placement Agent of the Trust Interests
     covered by the Trust's registration statement then in effect under the
     1940 Act.  In acting as Placement Agent under this Placement Agent
     Agreement, neither EVD nor its employees or any agents thereof shall make
     any offer or sale of Trust Interests in a manner which would require the
     Trust Interests to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
     amended (the "1933 Act").

              1.2  All activities by EVD and its agents and employees as
     Placement Agent of Trust Interests shall comply with all applicable laws,
     rules and regulations, including, without limitation, all rules and
     regulations adopted pursuant to the 1940 Act by the Securities and
     Exchange Commission (the "Commission"). 

              1.3  Nothing herein shall be construed to require the Trust to
     accept any offer to purchase any Trust Interests, all of which shall be
     subject to approval by the Board of Trustees.

              1.4  The Portfolio shall furnish from time to time for use in
     connection with the sale of Trust Interests such information with respect
     to the Trust and Trust Interests as EVD may reasonably request.  The Trust
     shall also furnish EVD upon request with: (a) unaudited semiannual
     statements of the Trust's books and accounts prepared by the Trust, and
     (b) from time to time such additional information regarding the Trust's
     financial or regulatory condition as EVD may reasonably request.

              1.5  The Trust represents to EVD that all registration statements
     filed by the Trust with the Commission under the 1940 Act with respect to
     Trust Interests have been prepared in conformity with the requirements of
     such statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. 
     As used in this Agreement the term "registration statement" shall mean any
<PAGE>






                                         -2-

     registration statement filed with the Commission as modified by any
     amendments thereto that at any time shall have been filed with the
     Commission by or on behalf of the Trust.  The Trust represents and
     warrants to EVD that any registration statement will contain all
     statements required to be stated therein in conformity with both such
     statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission; that all
     statements of fact contained in any registration statement will be true
     and correct in all material respects at the time of filing of such
     registration statement or amendment thereto; and that no registration
     statement will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
     state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
     the statements therein not misleading to a purchaser of Trust Interests. 
     The Trust may but shall not be obligated to propose from time to time such
     amendment to any registration statement as in the light of future
     developments may, in the opinion of the Trust's counsel, be necessary or
     advisable.  If the Trust shall not propose such amendment and/or
     supplement within fifteen days after receipt by the Trust of a written
     request from EVD to do so, EVD may, at its option, terminate this
     Agreement.  The Trust shall not file any amendment to any registration
     statement without giving EVD reasonable notice thereof in advance;
     provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement shall in any
     way limit the Trust's right to file at any time such amendment to any
     registration statement as the Trust may deem advisable, such right being
     in all respects absolute and unconditional.

              1.6  The Trust agrees to indemnify, defend and hold EVD, its
     several officers and directors, and any person who controls EVD within the
     meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the Securities and
     Exchange Act of 1934 (the "1934 Act") (for purposes of this paragraph 1.6,
     collectively, "Covered Persons") free and harmless from and against any
     and all claims, demands, liabilities and expenses (including the cost of
     investigating or defending such claims, demands or liabilities and any
     counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) which any Covered Person
     may incur under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, common law or otherwise,
     arising out of or based on any untrue statement of a material fact
     contained in any registration statement, private placement memorandum or
     other offering material ("Offering Material") or arising out of or based
     on any omission to state a material fact required to be stated in any
     Offering Material or necessary to make the statements in any Offering
     Material not misleading; provided, however, that the Trust's agreement to
     indemnify Covered Persons shall not be deemed to cover any claims,
     demands, liabilities or expenses arising out of any financial and other
     statements as are furnished in writing to the Trust by EVD in its capacity
     as Placement Agent for use in the answers to any items of any registration
     statement or in any statements made in any Offering Material, or arising
     out of or based on any omission or alleged omission to state a material
     fact in connection with the giving of such information required to be
     stated in such answers or necessary to make the answers not misleading;
     and further provided that the Trust's agreement to indemnify EVD and the
     Trust's representations and warranties hereinbefore set forth in this
     paragraph 1.6 shall not be deemed to cover any liability to the Trust or
     its investors to which a Covered Person would otherwise be subject by
<PAGE>






                                         -3-

     reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the
     performance of its duties, or by reason of a Covered Person's reckless
     disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement.  The Trust
     should be notified of any action brought against a Covered Person, such
     notification to be given by a writing addressed to the Trust, 24 Federal
     Street Boston, Massachusetts 02110,  with a copy to the Adviser of the
     Portfolio, Boston Management and Research, at the same address, promptly
     after the summons or other first legal process shall have been duly and
     completely served upon such Covered Person.  The failure to so notify the
     Trust of any such action shall not relieve the Trust from any liability
     except to the extent the Trust shall have been prejudiced by such failure,
     or from any liability that the Trust may have to the Covered Person
     against whom such action is brought by reason of any such untrue statement
     or omission, otherwise than on account of the Trust's indemnity agreement
     contained in this paragraph.  The Trust will be entitled to assume the
     defense of any suit brought to enforce any such claim, demand or
     liability, but in such case such defense shall be conducted by counsel of
     good standing chosen by the Trust and approved by EVD, which approval
     shall not be unreasonably withheld.  In the event the Trust elects to
     assume the defense of any such suit and retain counsel of good standing
     approved by EVD, the defendant or defendants in such suit shall bear the
     fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by any of them; but
     in case the Trust does not elect to assume the defense of any such suit or
     in case EVD reasonably does not approve of counsel chosen by the Trust,
     the Trust will reimburse the Covered Person named as defendant in such
     suit, for the fees and expenses of any counsel retained by EVD or it.  The
     Trust's indemnification agreement contained in this paragraph and the
     Trust's representations and warranties in this Agreement shall remain
     operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation
     made by or on behalf of Covered Persons, and shall survive the delivery of
     any Trust Interests.  This agreement of indemnity will inure exclusively
     to Covered Persons and their successors.  The Trust agrees to notify EVD
     promptly of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against the
     Trust or any of its officers or Trustees in connection with the issue and
     sale of any Trust Interests.

              1.7  EVD agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Trust, its
     several officers and trustees, and any person who controls the Trust
     within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934
     Act (for purposes of this paragraph 1.7, collectively, "Covered Persons")
     free and harmless from and against any and all claims, demands,
     liabilities and expenses (including the costs of investigating or
     defending such claims, demands, liabilities and any counsel fees incurred
     in connection therewith) that Covered Persons may incur under the 1933
     Act, the 1934 Act or common law or otherwise, but only to the extent that
     such liability or expense incurred by a Covered Person resulting from such
     claims or demands shall arise out of or be based on any untrue statement
     of a material fact contained in information furnished in writing by EVD in
     its capacity as Placement Agent to the Trust for use in the answers to any
     of the items of any registration statement or in any statements in any
     other Offering Material or shall arise out of or be based on any omission
     to state a material fact in connection with such information furnished in
<PAGE>






                                         -4-

     writing by EVD to the Trust required to be stated in such answers or
     necessary to make such information not misleading.  EVD shall be notified
     of any action brought against a Covered Person, such notification to be
     given by a writing addressed to EVD at 24 Federal Street, Boston,
     Massachusetts 02110, promptly after the summons or other first legal
     process shall have been duly and completely served upon such Covered
     Person.  EVD shall have the right of first control of the defense of the
     action with counsel of its own choosing satisfactory to the Trust if such
     action is based solely on such alleged misstatement or omission on EVD's
     part, and in any other event each Covered Person shall have the right to
     participate in the defense or preparation of the defense of any such
     action.  The failure to so notify EVD of any such action shall not relieve
     EVD from any liability except to the extent the Trust shall have been
     prejudiced by such failure, or from any liability that EVD may have to
     Covered Persons by reason of any such untrue or alleged untrue statement,
     or omission or alleged omission, otherwise than on account of EVD's
     indemnity agreement contained in this paragraph.

              1.8  No Trust Interests shall be offered by either EVD or the
     Trust under any of the provisions of this Agreement and no orders for the
     purchase or sale of Trust Interests hereunder shall be accepted by the
     Trust if and so long as the effectiveness of the registration statement or
     any necessary amendments thereto shall be suspended under any of the
     provisions of the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act; provided, however, that
     nothing contained in this paragraph shall in any way restrict or have an
     application to or bearing on the Trust's obligation to redeem Trust
     Interests from any investor in accordance with the provisions of the
     Trust's registration statement or Declaration of Trust, as amended from
     time to time.

              1.9  The Trust agrees to advise EVD as soon as reasonably
     practical by a notice in writing delivered to EVD or its counsel:

              (a)  of any request by the Commission for amendments to the
     registration statement then in effect or for additional information;

              (b)  in the event of the issuance by the Commission of any stop
     order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement then in
     effect or the initiation by service of process on the Trust of any
     proceeding for that purpose;

              (c)  of the happening of any event that makes untrue any
     statement of a material fact made in the registration statement then in
     effect or that requires the making of a change in such registration
     statement in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and

              (d)  of all action of the Commission with respect to any
     amendment to any registration statement that may from time to time be
     filed with the Commission.
<PAGE>






                                         -5-

              For purposes of this paragraph 1.9, informal requests by or acts
     of the Staff of the Commission shall not be deemed actions of or requests
     by the Commission.

              1.10  EVD agrees on behalf of itself and its employees to treat
     confidentially and as proprietary information of the Trust all records and
     other information not otherwise publicly available relative to the Trust
     and its prior, present or potential investors and not to use such records
     and information for any purpose other than performance of its
     responsibilities and duties hereunder, except after prior notification to
     and approval in writing by the Trust,  which approval shall not be
     unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where EVD may be exposed to
     civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, when
     requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or
     when so requested by the Trust.

              2.  Duration and Termination of this Agreement.
                  ------------------------------------------
              This Agreement shall become effective upon the date of its
     execution, and, unless terminated as herein provided, shall remain in full
     force and effect through and including February 28, 1994 and shall
     continue in full force and effect indefinitely thereafter, but only so
     long as such continuance after February 28, 1994 is specifically approved
     at least annually (i) by the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by vote of
     a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust and (ii) by
     the vote of a majority of those Trustees of the Trust who are not
     interested persons of EVD or the Trust cast in person at a meeting called
     for the purpose of voting on such approval.

              Either party hereto may, at any time on sixty (60) days' prior
     written notice to the other, terminate this agreement without the payment
     of any penalty, by action of Trustees of the Trust or the Directors of
     EVD, as the case may be, and the Trust may, at any time upon such written
     notice to EVD, terminate this Agreement by vote of a majority of the
     outstanding voting securities of the Trust.  This Agreement shall
     terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

              3.  Representations and Warranties.
                  ------------------------------
              EVD and the Trust each hereby represents and warrants to the
     other that it has all requisite authority to enter into, execute, deliver
     and perform its obligations under this Agreement and that, with respect to
     it, this Agreement is legal, valid and binding, and enforceable in
     accordance with its terms.

              4.  Limitation of Liability.
                  -----------------------
              EVD expressly acknowledges the provision in the Declaration of
     Trust of the Trust (Sections 5.2 and 5.6) limiting the personal liability
     of the Trustees and officers of the Trust, and EVD hereby agrees that it
     shall have recourse to the Trust for payment of claims or obligations as
<PAGE>






                                         -6-

     between the Trust and EVD arising out of this Agreement and shall not seek
     satisfaction from any Trustee or officer of the Trust.

              5.  Certain Definitions.
                  -------------------
              The terms "assignment" and "interested persons" when used herein
     shall have the respective meanings specified in the Investment Company Act
     of 1940 as now in effect or as hereafter amended subject, however, to such
     exemptions as may be granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission by
     any rule, regulation or order.  The term "vote of a majority of the
     outstanding voting securities" shall mean the vote, at a meeting of
     Holders, of the lesser of (a) 67 per centum or more of the Interests in
     the Trust present or represented by proxy at the meeting if the Holders of
     more than 50 per centum of the outstanding Interests in the Trust are
     present or represented by proxy at the meeting, or (b) more than 50 per
     centum of the outstanding Interests in the Trust.  The terms "Holders" and
     "Interests" when used herein shall have the respective meanings specified
     in the Declaration of Trust of the Trust.

              6.  Concerning Applicable Provisions of Law, etc.
                  --------------------------------------------
              This Agreement shall be subject to all applicable provisions of
     law, including the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act and to the extent
     that any provisions herein contained conflict with any such applicable
     provisions of law, the latter shall control.

              The laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts shall, except to
     the extent that any applicable provisions of federal law shall be
     controlling, govern the construction, validity and effect of this
     Agreement, without reference to principles of conflicts of law.

              If the contract set forth herein is acceptable to you, please so
     indicate by executing the enclosed copy of this Agreement and returning
     the same to the undersigned, whereupon this Agreement shall constitute a
     binding contract between the parties hereto effective at the closing of
     business on the date hereof.

                               Yours very truly,

                               MICHIGAN TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                               By:   /s/James B. Hawkes        
                                     --------------------------
                                       President

     Accepted:

     EATON VANCE DISTRIBUTORS, INC.

     By:   /s/Wharton P. Whitaker       
     ----------------------------------
              President 
<PAGE>














                             MICHIGAN TAX FREE PORTFOLIO




                                                                January 29, 1993



     Michigan Tax Free Portfolio hereby adopts and agrees to become a party to
     the attached Master Custodian Agreement between the Eaton Vance Hub
     Portfolios and Investors Bank & Trust Company.


                                       MICHIGAN TAX FREE PORRTFOLIO


                                       By  /s/James B. Hawkes       
                                          --------------------------
                                           President

     Accepted and agreed to:

     INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY


     BY: /s/J.M. Keenan             
         ---------------------------
          Title: Vice President
<PAGE>






                              MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

                                       between

                             EATON VANCE HUB PORTFOLIOS

                                         and

                            INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

     1.       Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1-3

     2.       Employment of Custodian and Property to be Held by It  . . . .   3

     3.       Duties of the Custodian with Respect to
              Property of the Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

              A.  Safekeeping and Holding of Property  . . . . . . . . . . .   4

              B.  Delivery of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4-7

              C.  Registration of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

              D.  Bank Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

              E.  Payments for Interests, or Increases in Interests,
                        in the Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

              F.  Investment and Availability of Federal Funds . . . . . . .   8

              G.  Collections  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8-9

              H.  Payment of Trust Monies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10-11

              I.  Liability for Payment in Advance of
                  Receipt of Securities Purchased  . . . . . . . . . . .   11-12

              J.  Payments for Repurchases or Redemptions
                  of Interests of the Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

              K.  Appointment of Agents by the Custodian . . . . . . . . . .  12

              L.  Deposit of Trust Portfolio Securities in Securities
                        Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12-14

              M.  Deposit of Trust Commercial Paper in an Approved
                        Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper . . . . .   15-17

              N.  Segregated Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17

              O.  Ownership Certificates for Tax Purposes  . . . . . . . . .  18

              P.  Proxies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

              Q.  Communications Relating to Trust Portfolio   . . . . . . .  18
                    Securities

              R.  Exercise of Rights; Tender Offers  . . . . . . . . . .   18-19

              S.  Depository Receipts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

              T.  Interest Bearing Call or Time Deposits . . . . . . . . . .  20
<PAGE>






              U.  Options, Futures Contracts and Foreign
                    Currency Transactions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20-22

              V.  Actions Permitted Without Express Authority  . . . . . . .  22

      4.      Duties of Bank with Respect to Books of Account and
              Calculations of Net Asset Value  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   22-23

      5.      Records and Miscellaneous Duties . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23-24

      6.      Opinion of Trust's Independent Public Accountants  . . . . . .  24

      7.      Compensation and Expenses of Bank  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24

      8.      Responsibility of Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   24-25

      9.      Persons Having Access to Assets of the Trust . . . . . . .   25-26

     10.      Effective Period, Termination and Amendment;
              Successor Custodian  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26-27

     11.      Interpretive and Additional Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

     12.      Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

     13.      Massachusetts Law to Apply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

     14.      Adoption of the Agreement by the Trust . . . . . . . . . . . .  28

























                                        - ii -
<PAGE>






                              MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT


              This Agreement is made between each investment company advised by
     Boston Management and Research which has adopted this Agreement in the
     manner provided herein and Investors Bank & Trust Company (hereinafter
     called "Bank", "Custodian" and "Agent"), a trust company established under
     the laws of Massachusetts with a principal place of business in Boston,
     Massachusetts.

              Whereas, each such investment company is registered under the
     Investment Company Act of 1940 and has appointed the Bank to act as
     Custodian of its property and to perform certain duties as its Agent, as
     more fully hereinafter set forth; and

              Whereas, the Bank is willing and able to act as each such
     investment company's Custodian and Agent, subject to and in accordance
     with the provisions hereof;

              Now, therefore, in consideration of the premises and of the
     mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, each such investment
     company and the Bank agree as follows:

     1.       Definitions

              Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases,
     unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the following meanings:

              (a) "Trust" shall mean the investment company which has adopted
     this Agreement.

              (b) "Board" shall mean the board of trustees of the Trust.

              (c) "The Depository Trust Company", a clearing agency registered
     with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 17A of the
     Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which acts as a securities depository and
     which has been specifically approved as a securities depository for the
     Trust by the Board.

              (d) "Participants Trust Company", a clearing agency registered
     with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 17A of the
     Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which acts as a securities depository and
     which has been specifically approved as a securities depository for the
     Trust by the Board.

              (e) "Approved Clearing Agency" shall mean any other domestic
     clearing agency registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission
     under Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which acts as a
     securities depository but only if the Custodian has received a certified
     copy of a resolution of the Board approving such clearing agency as a
     securities depository for the Trust.

              (f) "Federal Book-Entry System" shall mean the book-entry system
     referred to in Rule 17f-4(b) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 for
<PAGE>






     United States and federal agency securities (i.e., as provided in Subpart
     O of Treasury Circular No. 300, 31 CFR 306, Subpart B of 31 CFR Part 350,
     and the book-entry regulations of federal agencies substantially in the
     form of Subpart O).

              (g) "Approved Foreign Securities Depository" shall mean a foreign
     securities depository or clearing agency referred to in Rule 17f-4 under
     the Investment Company Act of 1940 for foreign securities but only if the
     Custodian has received a certified copy of a resolution of the Board
     approving such depository or clearing agency as a foreign securities
     depository for the Trust.

              (h) "Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper" shall mean
     a system maintained by the Custodian or by a subcustodian employed
     pursuant to Section 2 hereof for the holding of commercial paper in
     book-entry form but only if the Custodian has received a certified copy of
     a resolution of the Board approving the participation by the Trust in such
     system.

              (i) The Custodian shall be deemed to have received "proper
     instructions" in respect of any of the matters referred to in this
     Agreement upon receipt of written or facsimile instructions signed by such
     one or more person or persons as the Board shall have from time to time
     authorized to give the particular class of instructions in question. 
     Different persons may be authorized to give instructions for different
     purposes.  A certified copy of a resolution of the Board may be received
     and accepted by the Custodian as conclusive evidence of the authority of
     any such person to act and may be considered as in full force and effect
     until receipt of written notice to the contrary.  Such instructions may be
     general or specific in terms and, where appropriate, may be standing
     instructions.  Unless the resolution delegating authority to any person or
     persons to give a particular class of instructions specifically requires
     that the approval of any person, persons or committee shall first have
     been obtained before the Custodian may act on instructions of that class,
     the Custodian shall be under no obligation to question the right of the
     person or persons giving such instructions in so doing.  Oral instructions
     will be considered proper instructions if the Custodian reasonably
     believes them to have been given by a person authorized to give such
     instructions with respect to the transaction involved.  The Trust shall
     cause all oral instructions to be confirmed in writing.  The Trust
     authorizes the Custodian to tape record any and all telephonic or other
     oral instructions given to the Custodian.  Upon receipt of a certificate
     signed by two officers of the Trust as to the authorization by the
     President and the Treasurer of the Trust accompanied by a detailed
     description of the communication procedures approved by the President and
     the Treasurer of the Trust, "proper instructions" may also include
     communications effected directly between electromechanical or electronic
     devices provided that the President and Treasurer of the Trust and the
     Custodian are satisfied that such procedures afford adequate safeguards
     for the Trust's assets.  In performing its duties generally, and more
     particularly in connection with the purchase, sale and exchange of
     securities made by or for the Trust, the Custodian may take cognizance of

                                        - 2 -
<PAGE>






     the provisions of the governing documents and registration statement of
     the Trust as the same may from time to time be in effect (and resolutions
     or proceedings of the holders of interests in the Trust or the Board),
     but, nevertheless, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the
     Custodian may assume unless and until notified in writing to the contrary
     that so-called proper instructions received by it are not in conflict with
     or in any way contrary to any provisions of such governing documents and
     registration statement, or resolutions or proceedings of the holders of
     interests in the Trust or the Board.

              (j)  The term "Vote" when used with respect to the Board or the
     Holders of Interests in the Trust shall include a vote, resolution,
     consent, proceeding and other action taken by the Board or Holders in
     accordance with the Declaration of Trust or By-Laws of the Trust.

     2.       Employment of Custodian and Property to be Held by It

              The Trust hereby appoints and employs the Bank as its Custodian
     and Agent in accordance with and subject to the provisions hereof, and the
     Bank hereby accepts such appointment and employment.  The Trust agrees to
     deliver to the Custodian all securities, participation interests, cash and
     other assets owned by it, and all payments of income, payments of
     principal and capital distributions and adjustments received by it with
     respect to all securities and participation interests owned by the Trust
     from time to time, and the cash consideration received by it from time to
     time in exchange for an interest in the Trust or for an increase in such
     an interest.  The Custodian shall not be responsible for any property of
     the Trust held by the Trust and not delivered by the Trust to the
     Custodian.  The Trust will also deliver to the Bank from time to time
     copies of its currently effective declaration of trust, by-laws,
     registration statement and placement agent agreement with its placement
     agent, together with such resolutions, and other proceedings of the Trust
     as may be necessary for or convenient to the Bank in the performance of
     its duties hereunder.

              The Custodian may from time to time employ one or more
     subcustodians to perform such acts and services upon such terms and
     conditions as shall be approved from time to time by the Board.  Any such
     subcustodian so employed by the Custodian shall be deemed to be the agent
     of the Custodian, and the Custodian shall remain primarily responsible for
     the securities, participation interests, moneys and other property of the
     Trust held by such subcustodian.  Any foreign subcustodian shall be a bank
     or trust company which is an eligible foreign custodian within the meaning
     of Rule 17f-5 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, and the foreign
     custody arrangements shall be approved by the Board and shall be in
     accordance with and subject to the provisions of said Rule.  For the
     purposes of this Agreement, any property of the Trust held by any such
     subcustodian (domestic or foreign) shall be deemed to be held by the
     Custodian under the terms of this Agreement.




                                        - 3 -
<PAGE>






     3.       Duties of the Custodian with Respect to Property of the Trust 

              A.  Safekeeping and Holding of Property  The Custodian shall keep
                  safely all property of the Trust and on behalf of the Trust
                  shall from time to time receive delivery of Trust property
                  for safekeeping.  The Custodian shall hold, earmark and
                  segregate on its books and records for the account of the
                  Trust all property of the Trust, including all securities,
                  participation interests and other assets of the Trust (1)
                  physically held by the Custodian, (2) held by any
                  subcustodian referred to in Section 2 hereof or by any agent
                  referred to in Paragraph K hereof, (3) held by or maintained
                  in The Depository Trust Company or in Participants Trust
                  Company or in an Approved Clearing Agency or in the Federal
                  Book-Entry System or in an Approved Foreign Securities
                  Depository, each of which from time to time is referred to
                  herein as a "Securities System", and (4) held by the
                  Custodian or by any subcustodian referred to in Section 2
                  hereof and maintained in any Approved Book-Entry System for
                  Commercial Paper.

              B.  Delivery of Securities The Custodian shall release and
                  deliver securities or participation interests owned by the
                  Trust held (or deemed to be held) by the Custodian or
                  maintained in a Securities System account or in an Approved
                  Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper account only upon
                  receipt of proper instructions, which may be continuing
                  instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, and only
                  in the following cases:

                      1)       Upon sale of such securities or participation
                               interests for the account of the Trust, but only
                               against receipt of payment therefor; if delivery
                               is made in Boston or New York City, payment
                               therefor shall be made in accordance with
                               generally accepted clearing house procedures or
                               by use of Federal Reserve Wire System procedures;
                               if delivery is made elsewhere payment therefor
                               shall be in accordance with the then current
                               "street delivery" custom or in accordance with
                               such procedures agreed to in writing from time to
                               time by the parties hereto; if the sale is
                               effected through a Securities System, delivery
                               and payment therefor shall be made in accordance
                               with the provisions of Paragraph L hereof; if the
                               sale of commercial paper is to be effected
                               through an Approved Book-Entry System for
                               Commercial Paper, delivery and payment therefor
                               shall be made in accordance with the provisions
                               of Paragraph M hereof; if the securities are to
                               be sold outside the United States, delivery may
                               be made in accordance with procedures agreed to

                                        - 4 -
<PAGE>






                               in writing from time to time by the parties
                               hereto; for the purposes of this subparagraph,
                               the term "sale" shall include the disposition of
                               a portfolio security (i) upon the exercise of an
                               option written by the Trust and (ii) upon the
                               failure by the Trust to make a successful bid
                               with respect to a portfolio security, the
                               continued holding of which is contingent upon the
                               making of such a bid;

                    2)         Upon the receipt of payment in connection with
                               any repurchase agreement or reverse repurchase
                               agreement relating to such securities and entered
                               into by the Trust;

                    3)         To the depository agent in connection with tender
                               or other similar offers for portfolio securities
                               of the Trust;

                    4)         To the issuer thereof or its agent when such
                               securities or participation interests are called,
                               redeemed, retired or otherwise become payable;
                               provided that, in any such case, the cash or
                               other consideration is to be delivered to the
                               Custodian or any subcustodian employed pursuant
                               to Section 2 hereof;

                    5)         To the issuer thereof, or its agent, for transfer
                               into the name of the Trust or into the name of
                               any nominee of the Custodian or into the name or
                               nominee name of any agent appointed pursuant to
                               Paragraph K hereof or into the name or nominee
                               name of any subcustodian employed pursuant to
                               Section 2 hereof; or for exchange for a different
                               number of bonds, certificates or other evidence
                               representing the same aggregate face amount or
                               number of units; provided that, in any such case,
                               the new securities or participation interests are
                               to be delivered to the Custodian or any
                               subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2
                               hereof;

                    6)         To the broker selling the same for examination in
                               accordance with the "street delivery" custom;
                               provided that the Custodian shall adopt such
                               procedures as the Trust from time to time shall
                               approve to ensure their prompt return to the
                               Custodian by the broker in the event the broker
                               elects not to accept them;

                    7)         For exchange or conversion pursuant to any plan
                               of merger, consolidation, recapitalization,

                                        - 5 -
<PAGE>






                               reorganization or readjustment of the securities
                               of the issuer of such securities, or pursuant to
                               provisions for conversion of such securities, or
                               pursuant to any deposit agreement; provided that,
                               in any such case, the new securities and cash, if
                               any, are to be delivered to the Custodian or any
                               subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2
                               hereof;

                    8)         In the case of warrants, rights or similar
                               securities, the surrender thereof in connection
                               with the exercise of such warrants, rights or
                               similar securities, or the surrender of interim
                               receipts or temporary securities for definitive
                               securities; provided that, in any such case, the
                               new securities and cash, if any, are to be
                               delivered to the Custodian or any subcustodian
                               employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof;

                    9)         For delivery in connection with any loans of
                               securities made by the Trust (such loans to be
                               made pursuant to the terms of the Trust's current
                               registration statement), but only against receipt
                               of adequate collateral as agreed upon from time
                               to time by the Custodian and the Trust, which may
                               be in the form of cash or obligations issued by
                               the United States government, its agencies or
                               instrumentalities; except that in connection with
                               any securities loans for which collateral is to
                               be credited to the Custodian's account in the
                               book-entry system authorized by the U.S.
                               Department of Treasury, the Custodian will not be
                               held liable or responsible for the delivery of
                               securities loaned by the Trust prior to the
                               receipt of such collateral;

                    10)        For delivery as security in connection with any
                               borrowings by the Trust requiring a pledge or
                               hypothecation of assets by the Trust (if then
                               permitted under circumstances described in the
                               current registration statement of the Trust),
                               provided, that the securities shall be released
                               only upon payment to the Custodian of the monies
                               borrowed, except that in cases where additional
                               collateral is required to secure a borrowing
                               already made, further securities may be released
                               for that purpose; upon receipt of proper
                               instructions, the Custodian may pay any such loan
                               upon redelivery to it of the securities pledged
                               or hypothecated therefor and upon surrender of
                               the note or notes evidencing the loan;


                                        - 6 -
<PAGE>






                    11)        When required for delivery in connection with any
                               redemption or repurchase of an interest in the
                               Trust in accordance with the provisions of
                               Paragraph J hereof;

                    12)        For delivery in accordance with the provisions of
                               any agreement between the Custodian (or a
                               subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2
                               hereof) and a broker-dealer registered under the
                               Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, if
                               necessary, the Trust, relating to compliance with
                               the rules of The Options Clearing Corporation or
                               of any registered national securities exchange,
                               or of any similar organization or organizations,
                               regarding deposit or escrow or other arrangements
                               in connection with options transactions by the
                               Trust;

                    13)        For delivery in accordance with the provisions of
                               any agreement among the Trust, the Custodian (or
                               a subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2
                               hereof), and a futures commissions merchant,
                               relating to compliance with the rules of the
                               Commodity Futures Trading Commission and/or of
                               any contract market or commodities exchange or
                               similar organization, regarding futures margin
                               account deposits or payments in connection with
                               futures transactions by the Trust;

                    14)        For any other proper corporate purpose, but only
                               upon receipt of, in addition to proper
                               instructions, a certified copy of a resolution of
                               the Board specifying the securities to be
                               delivered, setting forth the purpose for which
                               such delivery is to be made, declaring such
                               purpose to be proper corporate purpose, and
                               naming the person or persons to whom delivery of
                               such securities shall be made.

              C.     Registration of Securities  Securities held by the
                     Custodian (other than bearer securities) for the account
                     of the Trust shall be registered in the name of the Trust
                     or in the name of any nominee of the Trust or of any
                     nominee of the Custodian, or in the name or nominee name
                     of any agent appointed pursuant to Paragraph K hereof, or
                     in the name or nominee name of any subcustodian employed
                     pursuant to Section 2 hereof, or in the name or nominee
                     name of The Depository Trust Company or Participants Trust
                     Company or Approved Clearing Agency or Federal Book-Entry
                     System or Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper;
                     provided, that securities are held in an account of the
                     Custodian or of such agent or of such subcustodian

                                        - 7 -
<PAGE>






                     containing only assets of the Trust or only assets held by
                     the Custodian or such agent or such subcustodian as a
                     custodian or subcustodian or in a fiduciary capacity for
                     customers.  All certificates for securities accepted by
                     the Custodian or any such agent or subcustodian on behalf
                     of the Trust shall be in "street" or other good delivery
                     form or shall be returned to the selling broker or dealer
                     who shall be advised of the reason thereof.

              D.     Bank Accounts  The Custodian shall open and maintain a
                     separate bank account or accounts in the name of the
                     Trust, subject only to draft or order by the Custodian
                     acting in pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and
                     shall hold in such account or accounts, subject to the
                     provisions hereof, all cash received by it from or for the
                     account of the Trust other than cash maintained by the
                     Trust in a bank account established and used in accordance
                     with Rule 17f-3 under the Investment Company Act of 1940. 
                     Funds held by the Custodian for the Trust may be deposited
                     by it to its credit as Custodian in the Banking Department
                     of the Custodian or in such other banks or trust companies
                     as the Custodian may in its discretion deem necessary or
                     desirable; provided, however, that every such bank or
                     trust company shall be qualified to act as a custodian
                     under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and that each
                     such bank or trust company and the funds to be deposited
                     with each such bank or trust company shall be approved in
                     writing by two officers of the Trust.  Such funds shall be
                     deposited by the Custodian in its capacity as Custodian
                     and shall be subject to withdrawal only by the Custodian
                     in that capacity.

              E.     Payments for Interests, or Increases in Interests, in the
                     Trust  The Custodian shall make appropriate arrangements
                     with the Transfer Agent of the Trust to enable the
                     Custodian to make certain it promptly receives the cash or
                     other consideration due to the Trust for payment of
                     interests in the Trust, or increases in such interests, in
                     accordance with the governing documents and registration
                     statement of the Trust.  The Custodian will provide prompt
                     notification to the Trust of any receipt by it of such
                     payments.

              F.     Investment and Availability of Federal Funds  Upon
                     agreement between the Trust and the Custodian, the
                     Custodian shall, upon the receipt of proper instructions,
                     which may be continuing instructions when deemed
                     appropriate by the parties, invest in such securities and
                     instruments as may be set forth in such instructions on
                     the same day as received all federal funds received after
                     a time agreed upon between the Custodian and the Trust.


                                        - 8 -
<PAGE>






              G.     Collections  The Custodian shall promptly collect all
                     income and other payments with respect to registered
                     securities held hereunder to which the Trust shall be
                     entitled either by law or pursuant to custom in the
                     securities business, and shall promptly collect all income
                     and other payments with respect to bearer securities if,
                     on the date of payment by the issuer, such securities are
                     held by the Custodian or agent thereof and shall credit
                     such income, as collected, to the Trust's custodian
                     account.  The Custodian shall do all things necessary and
                     proper in connection with such prompt collections and,
                     without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the 
                     Custodian shall

                          1)   Present for payment all coupons and other income
                               items requiring presentations;

                          2)   Present for payment all securities which may
                               mature or be called, redeemed, retired or
                               otherwise become payable;

                          3)   Endorse and deposit for collection, in the name
                               of the Trust, checks, drafts or other negotiable
                               instruments;

                          4)   Credit income from securities maintained in a
                               Securities System or in an Approved Book-Entry
                               System for Commercial Paper at the time funds
                               become available to the Custodian; in the case of
                               securities maintained in The Depository Trust
                               Company funds shall be deemed available to the
                               Trust not later than the opening of business on
                               the first business day after receipt of such
                               funds by the Custodian.

                          The Custodian shall notify the Trust as soon as
                          reasonably practicable whenever income due on any
                          security is not promptly collected.  In any case in
                          which the Custodian does not receive any due and
                          unpaid income after it has made demand for the same,
                          it shall immediately so notify the Trust in writing,
                          enclosing copies of any demand letter, any written
                          response thereto, and memoranda of all oral responses
                          thereto and to telephonic demands, and await
                          instructions from the Trust; the Custodian shall in no
                          case have any liability for any nonpayment of such
                          income provided the Custodian meets the standard of
                          care set forth in Section 8 hereof.  The Custodian
                          shall not be obligated to take legal action for
                          collection unless and until reasonably indemnified to
                          its satisfaction.


                                        - 9 -
<PAGE>






                          The Custodian shall also receive and collect all stock
                          dividends, rights and other items of like nature, and
                          deal with the same pursuant to proper instructions
                          relative thereto.

              H.     Payment of Trust Monies  Upon receipt of proper
                     instructions, which may be continuing instructions when
                     deemed appropriate by the parties, the Custodian shall pay
                     out monies of the Trust in the following cases only:

                          1)   Upon the purchase of securities, participation
                               interests, options, futures contracts, forward
                               contracts and options on futures contracts
                               purchased for the account of the Trust but only
                               (a) against the receipt of

                               (i) such securities registered as provided in
                               Paragraph C hereof or in proper form for transfer
                               or

                               (ii) detailed instructions signed by an officer
                               of the Trust regarding the participation
                               interests to be purchased or

                               (iii) written confirmation of the purchase by the
                               Trust of the options, futures contracts, forward
                               contracts or options on futures contracts by the
                               Custodian (or by a subcustodian employed pursuant
                               to Section 2 hereof or by a clearing corporation
                               of a national securities exchange of which the
                               Custodian is a member or by any bank, banking
                               institution or trust company doing business in
                               the United States or abroad which is qualified
                               under the Investment Company Act of 1940 to act
                               as a custodian and which has been designated by
                               the Custodian as its agent for this purpose or by
                               the agent specifically designated in such
                               instructions as representing the purchasers of a
                               new issue of privately placed securities); (b) in
                               the case of a purchase effected through a
                               Securities System, upon receipt of the securities
                               by the Securities System in accordance with the
                               conditions set forth in Paragraph L hereof; (c)
                               in the case of a purchase of commercial paper
                               effected through an Approved Book-Entry System
                               for Commercial Paper, upon receipt of the paper
                               by the Custodian or subcustodian in accordance
                               with the conditions set forth in Paragraph M
                               hereof; (d) in the case of repurchase agreements
                               entered into between the Trust and another bank
                               or a broker-dealer, against receipt by the
                               Custodian of the securities underlying the

                                        - 10 -
<PAGE>






                               repurchase agreement either in certificate form
                               or through an entry crediting the Custodian's
                               segregated, non-proprietary account at the
                               Federal Reserve Bank of Boston with such
                               securities along with written evidence of the
                               agreement by the bank or broker-dealer to
                               repurchase such securities from the Trust; or (e)
                               with respect to securities purchased outside of
                               the United States, in accordance with written
                               procedures agreed to from time to time in writing
                               by the parties hereto;

                               2)      When required in connection with the
                                       conversion, exchange or surrender of
                                       securities owned by the Trust as set
                                       forth in Paragraph B hereof;

                               3)      When required for the reduction or
                                       redemption of an interest in the Trust
                                       in accordance with the provisions of
                                       Paragraph J hereof;

                               4)      For the payment of any expense or
                                       liability incurred by the Trust,
                                       including but not limited to the
                                       following payments for the account of
                                       the Trust:  advisory fees, interest,
                                       taxes, management compensation and
                                       expenses, accounting, transfer agent and
                                       legal fees, and other operating expenses
                                       of the Trust whether or not such
                                       expenses are to be in whole or part
                                       capitalized or treated as deferred
                                       expenses;

                               5)      For distributions or payment to Holders
                                       of Interest in the Trust; and

                               6)      For any other proper corporate purpose,
                                       but only upon receipt of, in addition to
                                       proper instructions, a certified copy of
                                       a resolution of the Board, specifying
                                       the amount of such payment, setting
                                       forth the purpose for which such payment
                                       is to be made, declaring such purpose to
                                       be a proper corporate purpose, and
                                       naming the person or persons to whom
                                       such payment is to be made.

              I.  Liability for Payment in Advance of Receipt of Securities
                  Purchased  In any and every case where payment for purchase
                  of securities for the account of the Trust is made by the

                                        - 11 -
<PAGE>






                  Custodian in advance of receipt of the securities purchased
                  in the absence of specific written instructions signed by two
                  officers of the Trust to so pay in advance, the Custodian
                  shall be absolutely liable to the Trust for such securities
                  to the same extent as if the securities had been received by
                  the Custodian; except that in the case of a repurchase
                  agreement entered into by the Trust with a bank which is a
                  member of the Federal Reserve System, the Custodian may
                  transfer trusts to the account of such bank prior to the
                  receipt of (i) the securities in certificate form subject to
                  such repurchase agreement or (ii) written evidence that the
                  securities subject to such repurchase agreement have been
                  transferred by book-entry into a segregated non-proprietary
                  account of the Custodian maintained with the Federal Reserve
                  Bank of Boston or (iii) the safekeeping receipt, provided
                  that such securities have in fact been so transferred by
                  book-entry and the written repurchase agreement is received
                  by the Custodian in due course; and except that if the
                  securities are to be purchased outside the United States,
                  payment may be made in accordance with procedures agreed to
                  in writing from time to time by the parties hereto.

              J.  Payments for Repurchases or Redemptions of Interests in the
                  Trust  From such funds as may be available for the purpose,
                  but subject to any applicable resolutions of the Board and
                  the current procedures of the Trust, the Custodian shall,
                  upon receipt of written instructions from the Trust or from
                  the Trust's Transfer Agent, make funds and/or portfolio
                  securities available for payment to Holders of Interest in
                  the Trust who have caused the amount of their interests to be
                  reduced, or for their interest to be redeemed.

              K.  Appointment of Agents by the Custodian  The Custodian may at
                  any time or times in its discretion appoint (and may at any
                  time remove) any other bank or trust company (provided such
                  bank or trust company is itself qualified under the
                  Investment Company Act of 1940 to act as a custodian or is
                  itself an eligible foreign custodian within the meaning of
                  Rule 17f-5 under said Act) as the agent of the Custodian to
                  carry out such of the duties and functions of the Custodian
                  described in this Section 3 as the Custodian may from time to
                  time direct; provided, however, that the appointment of any
                  such agent shall not relieve the Custodian of any of its
                  responsibilities or liabilities hereunder, and as between the
                  Trust and the Custodian the Custodian shall be fully
                  responsible for the acts and omissions of any such agent. 
                  For the purposes of this Agreement, any property of the Trust
                  held by any such agent shall be deemed to be held by the
                  Custodian hereunder.




                                        - 12 -
<PAGE>






              L.  Deposit of Trust Portfolio Securities in Securities Systems 
                  The Custodian may deposit and/or maintain securities owned by
                  the Trust

                          (1)  in The Depository Trust Company;

                          (2)  in Participants Trust Company;

                          (3)  in any other Approved Clearing Agency;

                          (4)  in the Federal Book-Entry System; or

                          (5)  in an Approved Foreign Securities Depository

                      in each case only in accordance with applicable Federal
                      Reserve Board and Securities and Exchange Commission
                      rules and regulations, and at all times subject to the
                      following provisions:

                      (a)  The Custodian may (either directly or through one or
                      more subcustodians employed pursuant to Section 2 keep
                      securities of the Trust in a Securities System provided
                      that such securities are maintained in a non-proprietary
                      account ("Account") of the Custodian or such subcustodian
                      in the Securities System which shall not include any
                      assets of the Custodian or such subcustodian or any other
                      person other than assets held by the Custodian or such
                      subcustodian as a fiduciary, custodian, or otherwise for
                      its customers.

                      (b)  The records of the Custodian with respect to
                      securities of the Trust which are maintained in a
                      Securities System shall identify by book-entry those
                      securities belonging to the Trust, and the Custodian
                      shall be fully and completely responsible for maintaining
                      a recordkeeping system capable of accurately and
                      currently stating the Trust's holdings maintained in each
                      such Securities System.

                          (c)  The Custodian shall pay for securities purchased
                          in book-entry form for the account of the Trust only
                          upon (i) receipt of notice or advice from the
                          Securities System that such securities have been
                          transferred to the Account, and (ii) the making of any
                          entry on the records of the Custodian to reflect such
                          payment and transfer for the account of the Trust. 
                          The Custodian shall transfer securities sold for the
                          account of the Trust only upon (i) receipt of notice
                          or advice from the Securities System that payment for
                          such securities has been transferred to the Account,
                          and (ii) the making of an entry on the records of the
                          Custodian to reflect such transfer and payment for the

                                        - 13 -
<PAGE>






                          account of the Trust. Copies of all notices or advices
                          from the Securities System of transfers of securities
                          for the account of the Trust shall identify the Trust,
                          be maintained for the Trust by the Custodian and be
                          promptly provided to the Trust at its request.  The
                          Custodian shall promptly send to the Trust
                          confirmation of each transfer to or from the account
                          of the Trust in the form of a written advice or notice
                          of each such transaction, and shall furnish to the
                          Trust copies of daily transaction sheets reflecting
                          each day's transactions in the Securities System for
                          the account of the Trust on the next business day.

                          (d)  The Custodian shall promptly send to the Trust
                          any report or other communication received or obtained
                          by the Custodian relating to the Securities System's
                          accounting system, system of internal accounting
                          controls or procedures for safeguarding securities
                          deposited in the Securities System; the Custodian
                          shall promptly send to the Trust any report or other
                          communication relating to the Custodian's internal
                          accounting controls and procedures for safeguarding
                          securities deposited in any Securities System; and the
                          Custodian shall ensure that any agent appointed
                          pursuant to Paragraph K hereof or any subcustodian
                          employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof shall promptly
                          send to the Trust and to the Custodian any report or
                          other communication relating to such agent's or
                          subcustodian's internal accounting controls and
                          procedures for safeguarding securities deposited in
                          any Securities System.  The Custodian's books and
                          records  relating to the Trust's participation in each
                          Securities System will at all times during regular
                          business hours be open to the inspection of the
                          Trust's authorized officers, employees or agents.

                          (e)  The Custodian shall not act under this Paragraph
                          L in the absence of receipt of a certificate of an
                          officer of the Trust that the Board has approved the
                          use of a particular Securities System; the Custodian
                          shall also obtain appropriate assurance from the
                          officers of the Trust that the Board has annually
                          reviewed the continued use by the Trust of each
                          Securities System, and the Trust shall promptly notify
                          the Custodian if the use of a Securities System is to
                          be discontinued; at the request of the Trust, the
                          Custodian will terminate the use of any such
                          Securities System as promptly as practicable.

                          (f)  Anything to the contrary in this Agreement
                          notwithstanding, the Custodian shall be liable to the
                          Trust for any loss or damage to the Trust resulting

                                        - 14 -
<PAGE>






                          from use of the Securities System by reason of any
                          negligence, misfeasance or misconduct of the Custodian
                          or any of its agents or subcustodians or of any of its
                          or their employees or from any failure of the
                          Custodian or any such agent or subcustodian to enforce
                          effectively such rights as it may have against the
                          Securities System or any other person; at the election
                          of the Trust, it shall be entitled to be subrogated to
                          the rights of the Custodian with respect to any claim
                          against the Securities System or any other person
                          which the Custodian may have as a consequence of any
                          such loss or damage if and to the extent that the
                          Trust has not been made whole for any such loss or
                          damage.

              M.      Deposit of Trust Commercial Paper in an Approved
                      Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper  Upon receipt of
                      proper instructions with respect to each issue of direct
                      issue commercial paper purchased by the Trust, the
                      Custodian may deposit and/or maintain direct issue
                      commercial paper owned by the Trust in any Approved
                      Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper, in each case only
                      in accordance with applicable Securities and Exchange
                      Commission rules, regulations, and no-action
                      correspondence, and at all times subject to the following
                      provisions:

                          (a)  The Custodian may (either directly or through one
                          or more subcustodians employed pursuant to Section 2)
                          keep commercial paper of the Trust in an Approved
                          Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper, provided that
                          such paper is issued in book entry form by the
                          Custodian or subcustodian on behalf of an issuer with
                          which the Custodian or subcustodian has entered into a
                          book-entry agreement and provided further that such
                          paper is maintained in a non-proprietary account
                          ("Account") of the Custodian or such subcustodian in
                          an Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper
                          which shall not include any assets of the Custodian or
                          such subcustodian or any other person other than
                          assets held by the Custodian or such subcustodian as a
                          fiduciary, custodian, or otherwise for its customers.

                          (b)  The records of the Custodian with respect to
                          commercial paper of the Trust which is maintained in
                          an Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper
                          shall identify by book-entry each specific issue of
                          commercial paper purchased by the Trust which is
                          included in the Securities System and shall at all
                          times during regular business hours be open for
                          inspection by authorized officers, employees or agents
                          of the Trust.  The Custodian shall be fully and

                                        - 15 -
<PAGE>






                          completely responsible for maintaining a recordkeeping
                          system capable of accurately and currently stating the
                          Trust's holdings of commercial paper maintained in
                          each such System.

                          (c)  The Custodian shall pay for commercial paper
                          purchased in book-entry form for the account of the
                          Trust only upon contemporaneous (i) receipt of notice
                          or advice from the issuer that such paper has been
                          issued, sold and transferred to the Account, and (ii)
                          the making of an entry on the records of the Custodian
                          to reflect such purchase, payment and transfer for the
                          account of the Trust.  The Custodian shall transfer
                          such commercial paper which is sold or cancel such
                          commercial paper which is redeemed for the account of
                          the Trust only upon contemporaneous (i) receipt of
                          notice or advice that payment for such paper has been
                          transferred to the Account, and (ii) the making of an
                          entry on the records of the Custodian to reflect such
                          transfer or redemption and payment for the account of
                          the Trust. Copies of all notices, advices and
                          confirmations of transfers of commercial paper for the
                          account of the Trust shall identify the Trust, be
                          maintained for the Trust by the Custodian and be
                          promptly provided to the Trust at its request.  The
                          Custodian shall promptly send to the Trust
                          confirmation of each transfer to or from the account
                          of the Trust in the form of a written advice or notice
                          of each such transaction, and shall furnish to the
                          Trust copies of daily transaction sheets reflecting
                          each day's transactions in the System for the account
                          of the Trust on the next business day.

                      (d)  The Custodian shall promptly send to the Trust any
                      report or other communication received or obtained by the
                      Custodian relating to each System's accounting system,
                      system of internal accounting controls or procedures for
                      safeguarding commercial paper deposited in the System;
                      the Custodian shall promptly send to the Trust any report
                      or other communication relating to the Custodian's
                      internal accounting controls and procedures for
                      safeguarding commercial paper deposited in any Approved
                      Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper; and the Custodian
                      shall ensure that any agent appointed pursuant to
                      Paragraph K hereof or any subcustodian employed pursuant
                      to Section 2 hereof shall promptly send to the Trust and
                      to the Custodian any report or other communication
                      relating to such agent's or subcustodian's internal
                      accounting controls and procedures for safeguarding
                      securities deposited in any Approved Book-Entry System
                      for Commercial Paper.


                                        - 16 -
<PAGE>






                      (e)  The Custodian shall not act under this Paragraph M
                      in the absence of receipt of a certificate of an officer
                      of the Trust that the Board has approved the use of a
                      particular Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial
                      Paper; the Custodian shall also obtain appropriate
                      assurance from the officers of the Trust that the Board
                      has annually reviewed the continued use by the Trust of
                      each Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper, and
                      the Trust shall promptly notify the Custodian if the use
                      of an Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper is
                      to be discontinued; at the request of the Trust, the
                      Custodian will terminate the use of any such System as
                      promptly as practicable.

                      (f)  The Custodian (or subcustodian, if the Approved
                      Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper is maintained by
                      the subcustodian) shall issue physical commercial paper
                      or promissory notes whenever requested to do so by the
                      Trust or in the event of an electronic system failure
                      which impedes issuance, transfer or custody of direct
                      issue commercial paper by book-entry.

                      (g)  Anything to the contrary in this Agreement
                      notwithstanding, the Custodian shall be liable to the
                      Trust for any loss or damage to the Trust resulting from
                      use of any Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial
                      Paper by reason of any negligence, misfeasance or
                      misconduct of the Custodian or any of its agents or
                      subcustodians or of any of its or their employees or from
                      any failure of the Custodian or any such agent or
                      subcustodian to enforce effectively such rights as it may
                      have against the System, the issuer of the commercial
                      paper or any other person; at the election of the Trust,
                      it shall be entitled to be subrogated to the rights of
                      the Custodian with respect to any claim against the
                      System, the issuer of the commercial paper or any other
                      person which the Custodian may have as a consequence of
                      any such loss or damage if and to the extent that the
                      Trust has not been made whole for any such loss or
                      damage.

              N.  Segregated Account  The Custodian shall upon receipt of
                  proper instructions establish and maintain a segregated
                  account or accounts for and on behalf of the Trust, into
                  which account or accounts may be transferred cash and/or
                  securities, including securities maintained in an account by
                  the Custodian pursuant to Paragraph L hereof, (i) in
                  accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the
                  Trust, the Custodian and any registered broker-dealer (or any
                  futures commission merchant), relating to compliance with the
                  rules of the Options Clearing Corporation and of any
                  registered national securities exchange (or of the Commodity

                                        - 17 -
<PAGE>






                  Futures Trading Commission or of any contract market or
                  commodities exchange), or of any similar organization or
                  organizations, regarding escrow or deposit or other
                  arrangements in connection with transactions by the Trust,
                  (ii) for purposes of segregating cash or U.S. Government
                  securities in connection with options  purchased, sold or
                  written by the Trust or futures contracts or options thereon
                  purchased or sold by the Trust, (iii) for the purposes of
                  compliance by the Trust with the procedures required by
                  Investment Company Act Release No. 10666, or any subsequent
                  release or releases of the Securities and Exchange Commission
                  relating to the maintenance of segregated accounts by
                  registered investment companies and (iv) for other proper
                  purposes, but only, in the case of clause (iv), upon receipt
                  of, in addition to proper instructions, a certificate signed
                  by two officers of the Trust, setting forth the purpose such
                  segregated account and declaring such purpose to be a proper
                  purpose.

              O.  Ownership Certificates for Tax Purposes  The Custodian shall
                  execute ownership and other certificates and affidavits for
                  all federal and state tax purposes in connection with receipt
                  of income or other payments with respect to securities of the
                  Trust held by it and in connection with transfers of
                  securities.

              P.  Proxies  The Custodian shall, with respect to the securities
                  held by it hereunder, cause to be promptly delivered to the
                  Trust all forms of proxies and all notices of meetings and
                  any other notices or announcements or other written
                  information affecting or relating to the securities, and upon
                  receipt of proper instructions shall execute and deliver or
                  cause its nominee to execute and deliver such proxies or
                  other authorizations as may be required. Neither the
                  Custodian nor its nominee shall vote upon any of the
                  securities or execute any proxy to vote thereon or give any
                  consent or take any other action with respect thereto (except
                  as otherwise herein provided) unless ordered to do so by
                  proper instructions.

              Q.  Communications Relating to Trust Portfolio Securities  The
                  Custodian shall deliver promptly to the Trust all written
                  information (including, without limitation, pendency of call
                  and maturities of securities and participation interests and
                  expirations of rights in connection therewith and notices of
                  exercise of call and put options written by the Trust and the
                  maturity of futures contracts purchased or sold by the Trust)
                  received by the Custodian from issuers and other persons
                  relating to the securities and participation interests being
                  held for the Trust.  With respect to tender or exchange
                  offers, the Custodian shall deliver promptly to the Trust all
                  written information received by the Custodian from issuers

                                        - 18 -
<PAGE>






                  and other persons relating to the securities and
                  participation interests whose tender or exchange is sought
                  and from the party (or his agents) making the tender or
                  exchange offer.

              R.  Exercise of Rights; Tender Offers  In the case of tender
                  offers, similar offers to purchase or exercise rights
                  (including, without limitation, pendency of calls and
                  maturities of securities and participation interests and
                  expirations of rights in connection therewith and notices of
                  exercise of call and put options and the maturity of futures
                  contracts) affecting or relating to securities and
                  participation interests held by the Custodian under this
                  Agreement, the Custodian shall have responsibility for
                  promptly notifying the Trust of all such offers in accordance
                  with the standard of reasonable care set forth in Section 8
                  hereof.  For all such offers for which the Custodian is
                  responsible as provided in this Paragraph R, the Trust shall
                  have responsibility for providing the Custodian with all
                  necessary instructions in timely fashion.  Upon receipt of
                  proper instructions, the Custodian shall timely deliver to
                  the issuer or trustee thereof, or to the agent of either,
                  warrants, puts, calls, rights or similar securities for the
                  purpose of being exercised or sold upon proper receipt
                  therefor and upon receipt of assurances satisfactory to the
                  Custodian that the new securities and cash, if any, acquired
                  by such action are to be delivered to the Custodian or any
                  subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof.  Upon
                  receipt of proper instructions, the Custodian shall timely
                  deposit securities upon invitations for tenders of securities
                  upon proper receipt therefor and upon receipt of assurances
                  satisfactory to the Custodian that the consideration to be
                  paid or delivered or the tendered securities are to be
                  returned to the Custodian or subcustodian employed pursuant
                  to Section 2 hereof.  Notwithstanding any provision of this
                  Agreement to the contrary, the Custodian shall take all
                  necessary action, unless otherwise directed to the contrary
                  by proper instructions, to comply with the terms of all
                  mandatory or compulsory exchanges, calls, tenders,
                  redemptions, or similar rights of security ownership, and
                  shall thereafter promptly notify the Trust in writing of such
                  action.

              S.  Depository Receipts  The Custodian shall, upon receipt of
                  proper instructions, surrender or cause to be surrendered
                  foreign securities to the depository used by an issuer of
                  American Depository Receipts or International Depository
                  Receipts (hereinafter collectively referred to as "ADRs") for
                  such securities, against a written receipt therefor
                  adequately describing such securities and written evidence
                  satisfactory to the Custodian that the depository has
                  acknowledged receipt of instructions to issue with respect to

                                        - 19 -
<PAGE>






                  such securities in the name of a nominee of the Custodian or
                  in the name or nominee name of any subcustodian employed
                  pursuant to Section 2 hereof, for delivery to the Custodian
                  or such subcustodian at such place as the Custodian or such
                  subcustodian may from time to time designate. The Custodian
                  shall, upon receipt of proper instructions, surrender ADRs to
                  the issuer thereof against a written receipt therefor
                  adequately describing the ADRs surrendered and written
                  evidence satisfactory to the Custodian that the issuer of the
                  ADRs has acknowledged receipt of instructions to cause its
                  depository to deliver the securities underlying such ADRs to
                  the Custodian or to a subcustodian employed pursuant to
                  Section 2 hereof.

              T.  Interest Bearing Call or Time Deposits  The Custodian shall,
                  upon receipt of proper instructions, place interest bearing
                  fixed term and call deposits with the banking department of
                  such banking institution (other than the Custodian) and in
                  such amounts as the Trust may designate.  Deposits may be
                  denominated in U.S. Dollars or other currencies.  The
                  Custodian shall include in its records with respect to the
                  assets of the Trust appropriate notation as to the amount and
                  currency of each such deposit, the accepting banking
                  institution and other appropriate details and shall retain
                  such forms of advice or receipt evidencing the deposit, if
                  any, as may be forwarded to the Custodian by the banking
                  institution.  Such deposits shall be deemed portfolio
                  securities of the Trust for the purposes of this Agreement,
                  and the Custodian shall be responsible for the collection of
                  income from such accounts and the transmission of cash to and
                  from such accounts.

              U.  Options, Futures Contracts and Foreign Currency Transactions

                          1.   Options.  The Custodian shall, upon receipt of
                      proper instructions and in accordance with the provisions
                      of any agreement between the Custodian, any registered
                      broker-dealer and, if necessary, the Trust, relating to
                      compliance with the rules of the Options Clearing
                      Corporation or of any registered national securities
                      exchange or similar organization or organizations,
                      receive and retain confirmations or other documents, if
                      any, evidencing the purchase or writing of an option on a
                      security or securities index or other financial
                      instrument or index by the Trust; deposit and maintain in
                      a segregated account for the Trust, either physically or
                      by book-entry in a Securities System, securities subject
                      to a covered call option written by the Trust; and
                      release and/or transfer such securities or other assets
                      only in accordance with a notice or other communication
                      evidencing the expiration, termination or exercise of
                      such covered option furnished by the Options Clearing

                                        - 20 -
<PAGE>






                      Corporation, the securities or options exchange on which
                      such covered option is traded or such other organization
                      as may be responsible for handling such options
                      transactions.  The Custodian and the broker-dealer shall
                      be responsible for the sufficiency of assets held in the
                      Trust's segregated account in compliance with applicable
                      margin maintenance requirements.

                  2.  Futures Contracts  The Custodian shall, upon receipt of
              proper instructions, receive and retain confirmations and other
              documents, if any, evidencing the purchase or sale of a futures
              contract or an option on a futures contract by the Trust; deposit
              and maintain in a segregated account, for the benefit of any
              futures commission merchant, assets designated by the Trust as
              initial, maintenance or variation "margin" deposits (including
              mark-to-market payments) intended to secure the Trust's
              performance of its obligations under any futures contracts
              purchased or sold or any options on futures contracts written by
              Trust, in accordance with the provisions of any agreement or
              agreements among the Trust, the Custodian and such futures
              commission merchant, designed to comply with the rules of the
              Commodity Futures Trading Commission and/or of any contract
              market or commodities exchange or similar organization regarding
              such margin deposits or payments; and release and/or transfer
              assets in such margin accounts only in accordance with any such
              agreements or rules.  The Custodian and the futures commission
              merchant shall be responsible for the sufficiency of assets held
              in the segregated account in compliance with the applicable
              margin maintenance and mark-to-market payment requirements.

                  3.  Foreign Exchange Transactions  The Custodian shall,
     pursuant to proper instructions, enter into or cause a subcustodian to
     enter into foreign exchange contracts or options to purchase and sell
     foreign currencies for spot and future delivery on behalf and for the
     account of the Trust.  Such transactions may be undertaken by the
     Custodian or subcustodian with such banking or financial institutions or
     other currency brokers, as set forth in proper instructions.  Foreign
     exchange contracts and options shall be deemed to be portfolio securities
     of the Trust; and accordingly, the responsibility of the Custodian
     therefor shall be the same as and no greater than the Custodian's
     responsibility in respect of other portfolio securities of the Trust.  The
     Custodian shall be responsible for the transmittal to and receipt of cash
     from the currency broker or banking or financial institution with which
     the contract or option is made, the maintenance of proper records with
     respect to the transaction and the maintenance of any segregated account
     required in connection with the transaction.  The Custodian shall have no
     duty with respect to the selection of the currency brokers or banking or
     financial institutions with which the Trust deals or for their failure to
     comply with the terms of any contract or option.  Without limiting the
     foregoing, it is agreed that upon receipt of proper instructions and
     insofar as funds are made available to the Custodian for the purpose, the
     Custodian may (if determined necessary by the Custodian to consummate a

                                        - 21 -
<PAGE>






     particular transaction on behalf and for the account of the Trust) make
     free outgoing payments of cash in the form of U.S. dollars or foreign
     currency before receiving confirmation of a foreign exchange contract or
     confirmation that the countervalue currency completing the foreign
     exchange contract has been delivered or received.  The Custodian shall not
     be responsible for any costs and interest charges which may be incurred by
     the Trust or the Custodian as a result of the failure or delay of third
     parties to deliver foreign exchange; provided that the Custodian shall
     nevertheless be held to the standard of care set forth in, and shall be
     liable to the Trust in accordance with, the provisions of Section 8.

              V.  Actions Permitted Without Express Authority  The Custodian
                  may in its discretion, without express authority from the
                  Trust:

                      1)  make payments to itself or others for minor expenses
                          of handling securities or other similar items relating
                          to its duties under this Agreement, provided, that all
                          such payments shall be accounted for by the Custodian
                          to the Treasurer of the Trust;

                      2)  surrender securities in temporary form for securities
                          in definitive form;

                      3)  endorse for collection, in the name of the Trust,
                          checks, drafts and other negotiable instruments; and

                      4)  in general, attend to all nondiscretionary details in
                          connection with the sale, exchange, substitution,
                          purchase, transfer and other dealings with the
                          securities and property of the Trust except as
                          otherwise directed by the Trust.

     4.       Duties of Bank with Respect to Books of Account and Calculations
              of Net Asset Value

              The Bank shall as Agent (or as Custodian, as the case may be)
     keep such books of account (including records showing the adjusted tax
     costs of the Trust's portfolio securities) and render as at the close of
     business on each day a detailed statement of the amounts received or paid
     out and of securities received or delivered for the account of the Trust
     during said day and such other statements, including a daily trial balance
     and inventory of the Trust's portfolio securities; and shall furnish such
     other financial information and data as from time to time requested by the
     Treasurer or any executive officer of the Trust; and shall compute and
     determine, as of the close of business of the New York Stock Exchange, or
     at such other time or times as the Board may determine, the net asset
     value of the Trust and the net asset value of each interest in the Trust,
     such computations and determinations to be made in accordance with the
     governing documents of the Trust and the votes and instructions of the
     Board and of the investment adviser at the time in force and applicable,
     and promptly notify the Trust and its investment adviser and such other

                                        - 22 -
<PAGE>






     persons as the Trust may request of the result of such computation and
     determination.  In computing the net asset value the Custodian may rely
     upon security quotations received by telephone or otherwise from sources
     or pricing services designated by the Trust by proper instructions, and
     may further rely upon information furnished to it by any authorized
     officer of the Trust relative (a) to liabilities of the Trust not
     appearing on its books of account, (b) to the existence, status and proper
     treatment of any reserve or reserves, (c) to any procedures or policies
     established by the Board regarding the valuation of portfolio securities
     or other assets, and (d) to the value to be assigned to any bond, note,
     debenture, Treasury bill, repurchase agreement, subscription right,
     security, participation interests or other asset or property for which
     market quotations are not readily available.  The Custodian shall also
     compute and determine at such time or times as the Trust may designate the
     portion of each item which has significance for a holder of an interest in
     the Trust in computing and determining its federal income tax liability
     including, but not limited to, each item of income, expense and realized
     and unrealized gain or loss of the Trust which is attributable for Federal
     income tax purposes to each such holder.

     5.       Records and Miscellaneous Duties

              The Bank shall create, maintain and preserve all records relating
     to its activities and obligations under this Agreement in such manner as
     will meet the obligations of the Trust under the Investment Company Act of
     1940, with particular attention to Section 31 thereof and Rules 31a-1 and
     31a-2 thereunder, applicable federal and state tax laws and any other law
     or administrative rules or procedures which may be applicable to the
     Trust.  All books of account and records maintained by the Bank in
     connection with the performance of its duties under this Agreement shall
     be the property of the Trust, shall at all times during the regular
     business hours of the Bank be open for inspection by authorized officers,
     employees or agents of the Trust, and in the event of termination of this
     Agreement shall be delivered to the Trust or to such other person or
     persons as shall be designated by the Trust.  Disposition of any account
     or record after any required period of preservation shall be only in
     accordance with specific instructions received from the Trust.  The Bank
     shall assist generally in the preparation of reports to holder of interest
     in the Trust, to the Securities and Exchange Commission, including Form
     N-SAR, and to others, audits of accounts, and other ministerial matters of
     like nature; and, upon request, shall furnish the Trust's auditors with an
     attested inventory of securities held with appropriate information as to
     securities in transit or in the process of purchase or sale and with such
     other information as said auditors may from time to time request.  The
     Custodian shall also maintain records of all receipts, deliveries and
     locations of such securities, together with a current inventory thereof,
     and shall conduct periodic verifications (including sampling counts at the
     Custodian) of certificates representing bonds and other securities for
     which it is responsible under this Agreement in such manner as the
     Custodian shall determine from time to time to be advisable in order to
     verify the accuracy of such inventory.  The Bank shall not disclose or use
     any books or records it has prepared or maintained by reason of this

                                        - 23 -
<PAGE>






     Agreement in any manner except as expressly authorized herein or directed
     by the Trust, and the Bank shall keep confidential any information
     obtained by reason of this Agreement.

     6.       Opinion of Trust's Independent Public Accountants

              The Custodian shall take all reasonable action, as the Trust may
     from time to time request, to enable the Trust to obtain from year to year
     favorable opinions from the Trust's independent public accountants with
     respect to its activities hereunder in connection with the preparation of
     the Trust's registration statement and Form N-SAR or other periodic
     reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission and with respect to any
     other requirements of such Commission.

     7.       Compensation and Expenses of Bank

              The Bank shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its
     services as Custodian and Agent, as agreed upon from time to time between
     the Trust and the Bank.  The Bank shall be entitled to receive from the
     Trust on demand reimbursement for its cash disbursements, expenses and
     charges, including counsel fees, in connection with its duties as
     Custodian and Agent hereunder, but excluding salaries and usual overhead
     expenses.

     8.       Responsibility of Bank

              So long as and to the extent that it is in the exercise of
     reasonable care, the Bank as Custodian and Agent shall be held harmless in
     acting upon any notice, request, consent, certificate or other instrument
     reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to be signed by the proper
     party or parties.

              The Bank as Custodian and Agent shall be entitled to rely on and
     may act upon advice of counsel (who may be counsel for the Trust) on all
     matters, and shall be without liability for any action reasonably taken or
     omitted pursuant to such advice.

              The Bank as Custodian and Agent shall be held to the exercise of
     reasonable care in carrying out the provisions of this Agreement but shall
     be liable only for its own negligent or bad faith acts or failures to act. 
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this paragraph is
     intended to nor shall it be construed to modify the standards of care and
     responsibility set forth in Section 2 hereof with respect to subcustodians
     and in subparagraph f of Paragraph L of Section 3 hereof with respect to
     Securities Systems and in subparagraph g of Paragraph M of Section 3
     hereof with respect to an Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper.

              The Custodian shall be liable for the acts or omissions of a
     foreign banking institution to the same extent as set forth with respect
     to subcustodians generally in Section 2 hereof, provided that, regardless
     of whether assets are maintained in the custody of a foreign banking
     institution, a foreign securities depository or a branch of a U.S. bank,

                                        - 24 -
<PAGE>






     the Custodian shall not be liable for any loss, damage, cost, expense,
     liability or claim resulting from, or caused by, the direction of or
     authorization by the Trust to maintain custody of any securities or cash
     of the Trust in a foreign country including, but not limited to, losses
     resulting from nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, acts
     of war, civil war or terrorism, insurrection, revolution, military or
     usurped powers, nuclear fission, fusion or radiation, earthquake, storm or
     other disturbance of nature or acts of God.

              If the Trust requires the Bank in any capacity to take any action
     with respect to securities, which action involves the payment of money or
     which action may, in the opinion of the Bank, result in the Bank or its
     nominee assigned to the Trust being liable for the payment of money or
     incurring liability of some other form, the Trust, as a prerequisite to
     requiring the Custodian to take such action, shall provide indemnity to
     the Custodian in an amount and form satisfactory to it.

     9.       Persons Having Access to Assets of the Trust

              (i)  No trustee, officer, employee, or agent of the Trust shall
     have physical access to the assets of the Trust held by the Custodian or
     be authorized or permitted to withdraw any investments of the Trust, nor
     shall the Custodian deliver any assets of the Trust to any such person. 
     No officer or director, employee or agent of the Custodian who holds any
     similar position with the Trust or the investment adviser or the
     administrator of the Trust shall have access to the assets of the Trust.

              (ii)  Access to assets of the Trust held hereunder shall only be
     available to duly authorized officers, employees, representatives or
     agents of the Custodian or other persons or entities for whose actions the
     Custodian shall be responsible to the extent permitted hereunder, or to
     the Trust's independent public accountants in connection with their
     auditing duties performed on behalf of the Trust.

              (iii)  Nothing in this Section 9 shall prohibit any officer,
     employee or agent of the Trust or of the investment adviser of the Trust
     from giving instructions to the Custodian or executing a certificate so
     long as it does not result in delivery of or access to assets of the Trust
     prohibited by paragraph (i) of this Section 9.

     10.      Effective Period, Termination and Amendment; Successor 
              Custodian

              This Agreement shall become effective as of its execution, shall
     continue in full force and effect until terminated as hereinafter
     provided, may be amended at any time by mutual agreement of the parties
     hereto and may be terminated by either party by an instrument in writing
     delivered or mailed, postage prepaid to the other party, such termination
     to take effect not sooner than sixty (60) days after the date of such
     delivery or mailing; provided, that the Trust may at any time by action of
     its Board, (i) substitute another bank or trust company for the Custodian
     by giving notice as described above to the Custodian, or (ii) immediately

                                        - 25 -
<PAGE>






     terminate this Agreement in the event of the appointment of a conservator
     or receiver for the Custodian by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
     or by the Banking Commissioner of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts or
     upon the happening of a like event at the direction of an appropriate
     regulatory agency or court of competent jurisdiction.  Upon termination of
     the Agreement, the Trust shall pay to the Custodian such compensation as
     may be due as of the date of such termination and shall likewise reimburse
     the Custodian for its costs, expenses and disbursements.

              Unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding "voting
     securities" of the Trust (as defined in the Investment Company Act of
     1940) vote to have the securities, funds and other properties held
     hereunder delivered and paid over to some other bank or trust company,
     specified in the vote, having not less than $2,000,000 of aggregate
     capital, surplus and undivided profits, as shown by its last published
     report, and meeting such other qualifications for custodians set forth in
     the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Board shall, forthwith, upon
     giving or receiving notice of termination of this Agreement, appoint as
     successor custodian, a bank or trust company having such qualifications. 
     The Bank, as Custodian, Agent or otherwise, shall, upon termination of the
     Agreement, deliver to such successor custodian, all securities then held
     hereunder and all funds or other properties of the Trust deposited with or
     held by the Bank hereunder and all books of account and records kept by
     the Bank pursuant to this Agreement, and all documents held by the Bank
     relative thereto.  In the event that no such vote has been adopted by the
     Holders of Interest in the Trust and that no written order designating a
     successor custodian shall have been delivered to the Bank on or before the
     date when such termination shall become effective, then the Bank shall not
     deliver the securities, funds and other properties of the Trust to the
     Trust but shall have the right to deliver to a bank or trust company doing
     business in Boston, Massachusetts of its own selection, having an
     aggregate capital, surplus and undivided profits, as shown by its last
     published report, of not less than $2,000,000, all funds, securities and
     properties of the Trust held by or deposited with the Bank, and all books
     of account and records kept by the Bank pursuant to this Agreement, and
     all documents held by the Bank relative thereto.  Thereafter such bank or
     trust company shall be the successor of the Custodian under this
     Agreement.

     11.      Interpretive and Additional Provisions

              In connection with the operation of this Agreement, the Custodian
     and the Trust may from time to time agree on such provisions interpretive
     of or in addition to the provisions of this Agreement as may in their
     joint opinion be consistent with the general tenor of this Agreement.  Any
     such interpretive or additional provisions shall be in a writing signed by
     both parties and shall be annexed hereto, provided that no such
     interpretive or additional provisions shall contravene any applicable
     federal or state regulations or any provision of the governing instruments
     of the Trust.  No interpretive or additional provisions made as provided
     in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be an amendment of this
     Agreement.

                                        - 26 -
<PAGE>






     12.      Notices

              Notices and other writings delivered or mailed postage prepaid to
     the Trust addressed to 24 Federal Street, Boston, MA 02110 or to such
     other address as the Trust may have designated to the Bank, in writing
     with a copy to Eaton Vance Management at 24 Federal Street, Boston,
     Massachusetts 02110, or to Investors Bank & Trust Company, 24 Federal
     Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110 with a copy to Eaton Vance Management
     at 24 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, shall be deemed to have
     been properly delivered or given hereunder to the respective addressees.

     13.      Massachusetts Law to Apply

              This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions thereof
     interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of The Commonwealth of
     Massachusetts.

              The Custodian expressly acknowledges the provision in the
     Declaration of Trust of the Trust (Section 5.2 and 5.6) limiting the
     personal liability of the Trustees and officers of the Trust, and the
     Custodian hereby agrees that it shall have recourse to the Trust for
     payment of claims or obligations as between the Trust and the Custodian
     arising out of this Agreement, and the Custodian shall not seek
     satisfaction from any Trustee or officer of the Trust.

     14.      Adoption of the Agreement by the Trust

              The Trust represents that its Board has approved this Agreement
     and has duly authorized the Trust to adopt this Agreement, such adoption
     to be evidenced by a letter agreement between the Trust and the Bank
     reflecting such adoption, which letter agreement shall be dated and signed
     by a duly authorized officer of the Trust and duly authorized officer of
     the Bank.  This Agreement shall be deemed to be duly executed and
     delivered by each of the parties in its name and behalf by its duly
     authorized officer as of the date of such letter agreement, and this
     Agreement shall be deemed to supersede and terminate, as of the date of
     such letter agreement, all prior agreements between the Trust and the Bank
     relating to the custody of the Trust's assets.

                                     * * * * * 













                                        - 27 -
<PAGE>




















                             MICHIGAN TAX FREE PORTFOLIO


                             ---------------------------

                              PROCEDURES FOR ALLOCATIONS
                                  AND DISTRIBUTIONS

                                     May 1, 1992
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
     ARTICLE I--Introduction   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE II--Definitions   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE III--Capital Accounts

              Section 3.1      Capital Accounts of Holders   . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 3.2      Book Capital Accounts   . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 3.3      Tax Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 3.4      Compliance with Treasury Regulations  . . . .   5

     ARTICLE IV--Distributions of Cash and Assets

              Section 4.1      Distributions of Distributable Cash   . . . .   5
              Section 4.2      Division Among Holders  . . . . . . . . . . .   5
              Section 4.3      Distributions Upon Liquidation of a
                               Holder's Interest in the Trust  . . . . . . .   5
              Section 4.4      Amounts Withheld  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

     ARTICLE V--Allocations

              Section 5.1      Allocation of Items to Book Capital Accounts    6
              Section 5.2      Allocation of Taxable Income and Tax
                               Loss to Tax Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . .   6
              Section 5.3      Special Allocations to Book and Tax
                               Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 5.4      Other Adjustments to Book and Tax 
                               Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 5.5      Timing of Tax Allocations to Book and
                               Tax Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 5.6      Redemptions During the Fiscal Year  . . . . .   8

     ARTICLE VI--Withdrawals

              Section 6.1      Partial Withdrawals   . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 6.2      Redemptions   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 6.3      Distribution in Kind  . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

     ARTICLE VII--Liquidation

              Section 7.1      Liquidation Procedure   . . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 7.2      Alternative Liquidation Procedure   . . . . .   9
              Section 7.3      Cash Distributions Upon Liquidation   . . . .   9
              Section 7.4      Treatment of Negative Book Capital
                          Account Balance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9




                                          i
<PAGE>









                                    PROCEDURES FOR
                            ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
                                          OF
                             MICHIGAN TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                                    (the "Trust")

                             ----------------------------

                                      ARTICLE I

                                     Introduction
                                     ------------
              The Trust is treated as a partnership for federal income tax
     purposes. These procedures have been adopted by the Trustees of the Trust
     and will be furnished to the Trust's accountants for the purpose of
     allocating Trust gains, income or loss and distributing Trust assets.  The
     Trust will maintain its books and records, for both book and tax purposes,
     using the accrual method of accounting.

                                     ARTICLE II

                                     Definitions
                                     -----------
              Except as otherwise provided herein, a term referred to herein
     shall have the same meaning as that ascribed to it in the Declaration. 
     References in this document to "HEREOF", "HEREIN" and "HEREUNDER" shall be
     deemed to refer to this document in its entirety rather than the article
     or section in which any such word appears.

              "Book Capital Account" shall mean, for any Holder at any time in
     any Fiscal Year, the Book Capital Account balance of the Holder on the
     first day of the Fiscal Year, as adjusted each day pursuant to the
     provisions of Section 3.2 hereof.

              "Capital Contribution" shall mean, with respect to any Holder,
     the amount of money and the Fair Market Value of any assets actually
     contributed from time to time to the Trust with respect to the Interest
     held by such Holder.

              "Code" shall mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
     amended from time to time, as well as any non-superseded provisions of the
     Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended (or any corresponding provision
     or provisions of succeeding law).

              "Declaration" shall mean the Trust's Declaration of Trust, dated
     May 1, 1992, as amended from time to time.

              "Designated Expenses" shall mean extraordinary Trust expenses
     attributable to a particular Holder that are to be borne by such Holder.
<PAGE>






              "Distributable Cash" for any Fiscal Year shall mean the gross
     cash proceeds from Trust activities, less the portion thereof used to pay
     or establish Reserves, plus such portion of the Reserves as the Trustees,
     in their sole discretion, no longer deem necessary to be held as Reserves. 
     Distributable Cash shall not be reduced by depreciation, amortization,
     cost recovery deductions, or similar allowances.

              "Fair Market Value" of a security, instrument or other asset on
     any particular day shall mean the fair value thereof as determined in good
     faith by or on behalf of the Trustees in the manner set forth in the
     Registration Statement.

              "Fiscal Year" shall mean an annual period determined by the
     Trustees which ends on such day as is permitted by the Code.

              "Holders" shall mean as of any particular time all holders of
     record of Interests in the Trust.

              "Interest(s)" shall mean the interest of a Holder in the Trust,
     including all rights, powers and privileges accorded to Holders by the
     Declaration, which interest may be expressed as a percentage, determined
     by calculating, at such times and on such bases as the Trustees shall from
     time to time determine, the ratio of each Holder's Book Capital Account
     balance to the total of all Holders' Book Capital Account balances.

              "Investments" shall mean all securities, instruments or other
     assets of the Trust of any nature whatsoever, including, but not limited
     to, all equity and debt securities, futures contracts, and all property of
     the Trust obtained by virtue of holding such assets.

              "Matched Income or Loss" shall mean Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt
     Income or Tax Loss of the Trust comprising interest, original issue
     discount and dividends and all other types of income or loss to the extent
     the Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income, Tax Loss or Loss items not included
     in Tax Loss arising from such items are recognized for tax purposes at the
     same time that Profit or Loss are accrued for book purposes by the Trust.

              "Net Unrealized Gain" shall mean the excess, if any, of the
     aggregate Fair Market Value of all Investments over the aggregate adjusted
     bases, for federal income tax purposes, of all Investments.

              "Net Unrealized Loss" shall mean the excess, if any, of the
     aggregate adjusted bases, for federal income tax purposes, of all
     Investments over the aggregate Fair Market Value of all Investments.

              "Profit" and "Loss" shall mean, for each Fiscal Year or other
     period, an amount equal to the Taxable Income or Tax Loss for such Fiscal
     Year or period with the following adjustments:

                  (i) Any Tax-Exempt Income shall be added to such
              Taxable Income or subtracted from such Tax Loss; and


                                          2
<PAGE>






                  (ii)    Any expenditures of the Trust for such year
              or period described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code
              or treated as expenditures under Section 705(a)(2)(B) of
              the Code pursuant to Treasury Regulations
              Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), and not otherwise taken
              into account in computing Profit or Loss or specially
              allocated shall be subtracted from such Taxable Income or
              added to such Tax Loss.

              "Redemption" shall mean the complete withdrawal of an Interest of
     a Holder the result of which is to reduce the Book Capital Account balance
     of that Holder to zero.

              "Registration Statement" shall mean the Registration Statement of
     the Trust on Form N-1A as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange
     Commission under the 1940 Act, as the same may be amended from time to
     time.

              "Reserves" shall mean, with respect to any Fiscal Year, funds set
     aside or amounts allocated during such period to reserves which shall be
     maintained in amounts deemed sufficient by the Trustees for working
     capital and to pay taxes, insurance, debt service, renewals, or other
     costs or expenses, incident to the ownership of the Investments or to its
     operations.

              "Tax Capital Account" shall mean, for any Holder at any time in
     any Fiscal Year, the Tax Capital Account balance of the Holder on the
     first day of the Fiscal Year, as adjusted each day pursuant to the
     provisions of Section 3.3 hereof.

              "Tax-Exempt Income" shall mean income of the Trust for such
     Fiscal Year or period that is exempt from federal income tax and not
     otherwise taken into account in computing Profit or Loss.

              "Tax Lot" shall mean securities or other property which are both
     purchased or acquired, and sold or otherwise disposed of, as a unit.

              "Taxable Income" or "Tax Loss" shall mean the taxable income or
     tax loss of the Trust, determined in accordance with Section 703(a) of the
     Code, for each Fiscal Year as determined for federal income tax purposes,
     together with each of the Trust's items of income, gain, loss or deduction
     which is separately stated or otherwise not included in computing taxable
     income and tax loss.

              "Treasury Regulations" shall mean the Income Tax Regulations
     promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time
     to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

              "Trust" shall mean Michigan Tax Free Portfolio, a trust fund
     formed under the laws of the State of New York by the Declaration.



                                          3
<PAGE>






              "Trustees" shall mean each signatory to the Declaration, so long
     as such signatory shall continue in office in accordance with the terms
     thereof, and all other individuals who at the time in question have been
     duly elected or appointed and have qualified as Trustees in accordance
     with the provisions thereof and are then in office.

              The "1940 Act" shall mean the U.S. Investment Company Act of
     1940, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations
     thereunder.

                                     ARTICLE III

                                  Capital Accounts
                                   ----------------
              3.1.    Capital Accounts of Holders.  A separate Book Capital
     Account and a separate Tax Capital Account shall be maintained for each
     Holder pursuant to Section 3.2 and Section 3.3. hereof, respectively.  In
     the event the Trustees shall determine that it is prudent to modify the
     manner in which the Book Capital Accounts or Tax Capital Accounts, or any
     debits or credits thereto, are computed in order to comply with the
     Treasury Regulations, the Trustees may make such modification, provided
     that it is not likely to have a material effect on the amounts
     distributable to any Holder pursuant to Article VII hereof upon the
     dissolution of the Trust.

              3.2.    Book Capital Accounts.  The Book Capital Account balance
     of each Holder shall be adjusted each day by the following amounts:

              (a) increased by any increase in Net Unrealized Gains or decrease
     in Net Unrealized Losses allocated to such Holder pursuant to
     Section 5.1(a) hereof;

              (b) decreased by any decrease in Net Unrealized Gains or increase
     in Net Unrealized Losses allocated to such Holder pursuant to
     Section 5.1(b) hereof; 

              (c) increased or decreased, as the case may be, by the amount of
     Profit or Loss, respectively, allocated to such Holder pursuant to
     Section 5.1(c) hereof;

              (d) increased by any Capital Contribution made by such Holder;
     and,

              (e) decreased by any distribution, including any distribution to
     effect a withdrawal or Redemption, made to such Holder by the Trust.

              Any adjustment pursuant to Section 3.2 (a), (b) or (c) above
     shall be prorated for increases in each Holder's Book Capital Account
     balance resulting from Capital Contributions, or distributions or
     withdrawals from the Trust or Redemptions by the Trust occurring, during
     such Fiscal Year as of the day after the Capital Contribution,


                                          4
<PAGE>






     distribution, withdrawal or Redemption is accepted, made or effected by
     the Trust.

              3.3.    Tax Capital Accounts.  The Tax Capital Account balance of
     each Holder shall be adjusted at the following times by the following
     amounts:

              (a) increased daily by the adjusted tax bases of any Capital
     Contribution made by such Holder to the Trust;

              (b) increased daily by the amount of Taxable Income and Tax-
     Exempt Income allocated to such Holder pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof at
     such times as the allocations are made under Section 5.2 hereof;

              (c) decreased daily by the amount of cash distributed to the
     Holder pursuant to any of these procedures including any distribution made
     to effect a withdrawal or Redemption; and

              (d) decreased by the amount of Tax Loss allocated to such Holder
     pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof at such times as the allocations are made
     under Section 5.2 hereof.

              3.4.    Compliance with Treasury Regulations.  The foregoing
     provisions and other provisions contained herein relating to the
     maintenance of Book Capital Accounts and Tax Capital Accounts are intended
     to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), and shall be
     interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Treasury
     Regulations.

              The Trustees shall make any appropriate modifications in the
     event unanticipated events might otherwise cause these procedures not to
     comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), including the
     requirements described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-
     1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(1) and Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). 
     Such modifications are hereby incorporated into these procedures by this
     reference as though fully set forth herein.

                                     ARTICLE IV

                           Distributions of Cash and Assets
                           --------------------------------
              4.1.    Distributions of Distributable Cash.  Except as otherwise
     provided in Article VII hereof, Distributable Cash for each Fiscal Year
     may be distributed to the Holders at such times, if any, and in such
     amounts as shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Trustees.  In
     exercising such discretion, the Trustees shall distribute such
     Distributable Cash so that Holders that are regulated investment companies
     can comply with the distribution requirements set forth in Code
     Section 852 and avoid the excise tax imposed by Code Section 4982.

              4.2.    Division Among Holders.  All distributions to the Holders
     with respect to any Fiscal Year pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof shall be

                                          5
<PAGE>






     made to the Holders in proportion to the Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income
     or Tax Loss allocated to the Holders with respect to such Fiscal Year
     pursuant to the terms of these procedures.

              4.3.    Distributions Upon Liquidation of a Holder's Interest in
     the Trust.  Upon liquidation of a Holder's interest in the Trust, the
     proceeds will be distributed to the Holder as provided in Section 5.6,
     Article VI, and Article VII hereof.  If such Holder has a negative book
     capital account balance, the provisions of Section 7.4 will apply.

              4.4.    Amounts Withheld.  All amounts withheld pursuant to the
     Code or any provision of any state or local tax law with respect to any
     payment or distribution to the Trust or the Holders shall be treated as
     amounts distributed to such Holders pursuant to this Article IV for all
     purposes under these procedures.  The Trustees may allocate any such
     amount among the Holders in any manner that is in accordance with
     applicable law.

                                      ARTICLE V

                                     Allocations
                                     -----------
              5.1.    Allocation of Items to Book Capital Accounts. 

              (a)     Increase in Net Unrealized Gains or Decrease in Net
     Unrealized Losses.  Any decrease in Net Unrealized Loss due to realization
     of items shall be allocated to the Holder receiving the allocation of
     Loss, in the same amount, under Section 5.1(c) hereof.  Subject to Section
     5.1(d) hereof, any increase in Net Unrealized Gains or decrease in Net
     Unrealized Loss on any day during the Fiscal Year shall be allocated to
     the Holders' Book Capital Accounts at the end of such day, in proportion
     to the Holders' respective Book Capital Account balances at the
     commencement of such day.

              (b) Decrease in Net Unrealized Gains or Increase in Net
     Unrealized Losses.  Any decrease in Net Unrealized Gains due to
     realization of items shall be allocated to the Holder receiving the
     allocation of Profit, in the same amount, under Section 5.1(c) hereof. 
     Subject to Section 5.1(d) hereof, any decrease in Net Unrealized Gains or
     increase in Net Unrealized Loss on any day during the Fiscal Year shall be
     allocated to the Holders' Book Capital Accounts at the end of such day, in
     proportion to the Holders' respective Book Capital Account balances at the
     commencement of such day.

              (c) Profit and Loss.  Subject to Section 5.1(d) hereof, Profit
     and Loss occurring on any day during the Fiscal Year shall be allocated to
     the Holders' Book Capital Accounts at the end of such day in proportion to
     the Holders' respective Book Capital Account balances at the commencement
     of such day.  




                                          6
<PAGE>






              (d) Other Book Capital Account Adjustments.  

                  (i)  Any allocation pursuant to Section 5.1(a), (b)
              or (c) above shall be prorated for increases in each
              Holder's Book Capital Account resulting from Capital
              Contributions, or distributions or withdrawals from the
              Trust or Redemptions by the Trust occurring, during such
              Fiscal Year as of the day after the Capital Contribution,
              distribution, withdrawal or Redemption is accepted, made
              or effected by the Trust.

                  (ii)  For purposes of determining the Profit, Loss,
              and Net Unrealized Gain or Net Unrealized Loss or any
              other item allocable to any Fiscal Year, Profit, Loss,
              and Net Unrealized Gain or Net Unrealized Loss and any
              such other item shall be determined by or on behalf of
              the Trustees using any reasonable method under Code
              Section 706 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

              5.2.    Allocation of Taxable Income and Tax Loss to Tax Capital
     Accounts.

              (a) Taxable Income and Tax Loss.  Subject to Section 5.2(b) and
     Section 5.3 hereof, which shall take precedence over this Section 5.2(a),
     Taxable Income or Tax Loss for any Fiscal Year shall be allocated at least
     annually to the Holders' Tax Capital Accounts as follows:

                  (i) First, Taxable Income and Tax Loss, whether
              constituting ordinary income (or loss) or capital gain
              (or loss), derived from the sale or other disposition of
              a Tax Lot of securities or other property shall be
              allocated as of the date such income, gain or loss is
              recognized for federal income tax purposes solely in
              proportion to the amount of unrealized appreciation (in
              the case of such income or capital gain, but not in the
              case of any such loss) or depreciation (in the case of
              any such loss, but not in the case of any such income or
              capital gain) from that Tax Lot which was allocated to
              the Holders' Book Capital Accounts each day that such
              securities or other property was held by the Trust
              pursuant to Section 5.1(a) and (b) hereof; and

                  (ii)    Second, any remaining amounts at the end of
              the Fiscal Year, to the Holders in proportion to their
              respective daily average Book Capital Account balances
              determined for the Fiscal Year of the allocation.

              (b) Matched Income or Loss.  Notwithstanding the provisions of
     Section 5.2(a) hereof, Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income or Tax Loss
     accruing on any day during the Fiscal Year constituting Matched Income or
     Loss, shall be allocated daily to the Holders' Tax Capital Accounts solely
     in proportion to and to the extent of corresponding allocations of Profit

                                          7
<PAGE>






     or Loss to the Holders' Book Capital Accounts pursuant to the first
     sentence of Section 5.1(c) hereof.

              5.3.    Special Allocations to Book and Tax Capital Accounts.

              (a) The Designated Expenses computed for each Holder shall be
     allocated separately (not included in the allocations of Matched Income or
     Loss, Loss or Tax Loss) to the Book Capital Account and Tax Capital
     Account of each Holder.

              (b) If the Trust incurs any nonrecourse indebtedness, then
     allocations of items attributable to nonrecourse indebtedness shall be
     made to the Tax Capital Account of each Holder in accordance with the
     requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(iv)(d).

              (c) In accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the Treasury
     Regulations thereunder, Taxable Income and Tax Loss with respect to any
     property contributed to the capital of the Trust shall be allocated to the
     Tax Capital Account of each Holder so as to take into account any
     variation between the adjusted tax basis of such property to the Trust for
     federal income tax purposes and such property's Fair Market Value at the
     time of contribution to the Trust.

              5.4.    Other Adjustments to Book and Tax Capital Accounts.

              (a) Any election or other decision relating to such allocations
     shall be made by the Trustees in any manner that reasonably reflects the
     purpose and intention of these procedures.

              (b) Each Holder will report its share of Trust income and loss
     for federal income tax purposes in accordance with the allocations
     effected pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof.

              5.5.    Timing of Tax Allocations to Book and Tax Capital
     Accounts.  Allocation of Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income and Tax Loss
     pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof for any Fiscal Year, unless specified above
     to the contrary, shall be made only after corresponding adjustments have
     been made to the Book Capital Accounts of the Holders for the Fiscal Year
     as provided pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof.

              5.6.    Redemptions During the Fiscal Year.  If a Redemption
     occurs prior to the end of a Fiscal Year, the Trust will treat the Fiscal
     Year as ended for the purposes of computing the redeeming Holder's
     distributive share of Trust items and allocations of all items to such
     Holder will be made as though each Holder were receiving its allocable
     share of Trust items at such time.  All items so allocated to the
     redeeming Holder will be subtracted from the items to be allocated among
     the other non-redeeming Holders at the actual end of the Fiscal Year.  All
     items allocated among the redeeming and non-redeeming Holders will be made
     subject to the rules of Code Sections 702, 704, 706 and 708 and the
     Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.


                                          8
<PAGE>






                                     ARTICLE VI

                                     Withdrawals
                                     -----------
              6.1.    Partial Withdrawals.  At any time any Holder shall be
     entitled to request a withdrawal of such portion of the Interest held by
     such Holder as such Holder shall request.

              6.2.    Redemptions.  At any time a Holder shall be entitled to
     request a Redemption of all of its Interest.  A Holder's Interest may be
     redeemed at any time during the Fiscal Year as provided in Section 6.3
     hereof by a cash distribution or, at the option of a Holder, by a
     distribution of a proportionate amount except for fractional shares of
     each Trust asset at the option of the Trust.  However, the Holder may be
     redeemed by a distribution of a proportionate amount of the Trust's assets
     only at the end of a Fiscal Year.  However, if the Holder has contributed
     any property to the Trust other than cash, if such property remains in the
     Trust at the time the Holder requests withdrawal, then such property will
     be sold by the Trust prior to the time at which the Holder withdraws from
     the Trust.

              6.3.    Distribution in Kind.  If a withdrawing Holder receives a
     distribution in kind of its proportionate part of Trust property, then
     unrealized income, gain, loss or deduction attributable to such property
     shall be allocated among the Holders as if there had been a disposition of
     the property on the date of distribution in compliance with the
     requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(e).

                                     ARTICLE VII

                                     Liquidation
                                     -----------
              7.1.    Liquidation Procedure.  Subject to Section 7.4 hereof,
     upon dissolution of the Trust, the Trustees shall liquidate the assets of
     the Trust, apply and distribute the proceeds thereof as follows:

              (a) first to the payment of all debts and obligations of the
     Trust to third parties, including without limitation the retirement of
     outstanding debt, including any debt owed to Holders or their affiliates,
     and the expenses of liquidation, and to the setting up of any Reserves for
     contingencies which may be necessary; and

              (b) then in accordance with the Holders' positive Book Capital
     Account balances after adjusting Book Capital Accounts for allocations
     provided in Article V hereof and in accordance with the requirements
     described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2) (ii)(b)(2).

              7.2.    Alternative Liquidation Procedure.  Notwithstanding the
     foregoing, if the Trustees shall determine that an immediate sale of part
     or all of the Trust assets would cause undue loss to the Holders, the
     Trustees, in order to avoid such loss, may, after having given
     notification to all the Holders, to the extent not then prohibited by the

                                          9
<PAGE>






     law of any jurisdiction in which the Trust is then formed or qualified and
     applicable in the circumstances, either defer liquidation of and withhold
     from distribution for a reasonable time any assets of the Trust except
     those necessary to satisfy the Trust's debts and obligations or distribute
     the Trust's assets to the Holders in liquidation.

              7.3.    Cash Distributions Upon Liquidation.  Except as provided
     in Section 7.2 hereof, amounts distributed in liquidation of the Trust
     shall be paid solely in cash.

              7.4.    Treatment of Negative Book Capital Account Balance.  If a
     Holder has a negative balance in its Book Capital Account following the
     liquidation of its Interest, as determined after taking into account all
     capital account adjustments for the Fiscal Year during which the
     liquidation occurs, then such Holder shall restore the amount of such
     negative balance to the Trust by the later of the end of the Fiscal Year
     or 90 days after the date of such liquidation so as to comply with the
     requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(3). 
     Such amount shall, upon liquidation, be paid to creditors of the Trust or
     distributed to other Holders in accordance with their positive Book
     Capital Account balances.
































                                          10
<PAGE>









                                     AMENDMENT TO
                              MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT
                                       between 
                             EATON VANCE HUB PORTFOLIOS 
                                         and
                            INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY


              This Amendment, dated as of October 23, 1995, is made to the
     MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") between each investment
     company advised by Boston Management and Research which has adopted the
     Agreement (the "Trusts") and Investors Bank & Trust Company (the
     "Custodian") pursuant to Section 10 of the Agreement.

              The Trusts and the Custodian agree that Section 10 of the
     Agreement shall, as of October 23, 1995, be amended to read as follows:

              Unless otherwise defined herein, terms which are defined in the
     Agreement and used herein are so used as so defined.

     10.      Effective Period, Termination and Amendment; Successor Custodian

              This Agreement shall become effective as of its execution, shall
     continue in full force and effect until terminated by either party after
     August 31, 2000 by an instrument in writing delivered or mailed, postage
     prepaid to the other party, such termination to take effect not sooner
     than sixty (60) days after the date of such delivery or mailing; provided,
     that the Trust may at any time by action of its Board, (i) substitute
     another bank or trust company for the Custodian by giving notice as
     described above to the Custodian in the event the Custodian assigns this
     Agreement to another party without consent of the noninterested Trustees
     of the Trust, or (ii) immediately terminate this Agreement in the event of
     the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the Custodian by the
     Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or by the Banking Commissioner of
     The Commonwealth of Massachusetts or upon the happening of a like event at
     the direction of an appropriate regulatory agency or court of competent
     jurisdiction.  Upon termination of the Agreement, the Trust shall pay to
     the Custodian such compensation as may be due as of the date of such
     termination (and shall likewise reimburse the Custodian for its costs,
     expenses and disbursements).

              This Agreement may be amended at any time by the written
     agreement of the parties hereto.  If a majority of the non-interested
     trustees of any of the Trusts determines that the performance of the
     Custodian has been unsatisfactory or adverse to the interests of Trust
     holders of any Trust or Trusts or that the terms of the Agreement are no
     longer consistent with publicly available industry standards, then the
     Trust or Trusts shall give written notice to the Custodian of such
     determination and the Custodian shall have 60 days to (1) correct such
     performance to the satisfaction of the non-interested trustees or (2) 


                                        - 2 -
<PAGE>






     renegotiate terms which are satisfactory to the non-interested trustees of
     the Trusts.  If the conditions of the preceding sentence are not met then
     the Trust or Trusts may terminate this Agreement on sixty (60) days
     written notice.

              The Board of the Trust shall, forthwith, upon giving or receiving
     notice of termination of this Agreement, appoint as successor custodian, a
     bank or trust company having the qualifications required by the Investment
     Company Act of 1940 and the Rules thereunder.  The Bank, as Custodian,
     Agent or otherwise, shall, upon termination of the Agreement, deliver to
     such successor custodian, all securities then held hereunder and all funds
     or other properties of the Trust deposited with or held by the Bank
     hereunder and all books of account and records kept by the Bank pursuant
     to this Agreement, and all documents held by the Bank relative thereto. 
     In the event that no written order designating a successor custodian shall
     have been delivered to the Bank on or before the date when such
     termination shall become effective, then the Bank shall not deliver the
     securities, funds and other properties of the Trust to the Trust but shall
     have the right to deliver to a bank or trust company doing business in
     Boston, Massachusetts of its own selection meeting the above required
     qualifications, all funds, securities and properties of the Trust held by
     or deposited with the Bank, and all books of account and records kept by
     the Bank pursuant to this Agreement, and all documents held by the Bank
     relative thereto.  Thereafter such bank or trust company shall be the
     successor of the Custodian under this Agreement.

              Except as expressly provided herein, the Agreement shall remain
     unchanged and in full force and effect.

              IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment
     to be executed by their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year
     first above written.


              Alabama Tax Free Portfolio
              Arizona Tax Free Portfolio
              Arkansas Tax Free Portfolio
              Cash Management Portfolio
              Colorado Tax Free Portfolio
              Connecticut Tax Free Portfolio
              Florida Insured Tax Free Portfolio
              Florida Tax Free Portfolio
              Georgia Tax Free Portfolio
              Government Obligations Portfolio
              Growth Portfolio
              Hawaii Tax Free Portfolio
              High Yield Municipals Portfolio
              Investors Portfolio
              Kansas Tax Free Portfolio
              Kentucky Tax Free Portfolio
              Louisiana Tax Free Portfolio


                                        - 3 -
<PAGE>






              Maryland Tax Free Portfolio
              Massachusetts Tax Free Portfolio
              Michigan Tax Free Portfolio
              Minnesota Tax Free Portfolio
              Mississippi Tax Free Portfolio
              Missouri Tax Free Portfolio
              National Municipals Portfolio
              New Jersey Tax Free Portfolio
              New York Tax Free Portfolio
              North Carolina Tax Free Portfolio
              Ohio Tax Free Portfolio
              Oregon Tax Free Portfolio
              Pennsylvania Tax Free Portfolio
              Rhode Island Tax Free Portfolio
              South Carolina Tax Free Portfolio
              Special Investment Portfolio
              Stock Portfolio
              Strategic Income Portfolio
              Tax Free Reserves Portfolio
              Tennessee Tax Free Portfolio
              Texas Tax Free Portfolio
              Total Return Portfolio
              Virginia Tax Free Portfolio
              West Virginia Tax Free Portfolio
              Arizona Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              California Tax Free Portfolio
              California Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Connecticut Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Florida Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Massachusetts Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Michigan Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              National Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              New Jersey Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              New York Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              North Carolina Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Ohio Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Pennsylvania Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Virginia Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio


                                                By:   /s/James L. O'Connor      
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                        Treasurer


                                                INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY


                                                By:   /s/Michael F. Rogers      
                                                   -----------------------------
<PAGE>









     Eaton Vance Municipals Trust
     24 Federal Street
     Boston, MA 02110
     (617) 482-8260


                                                                              
                                                January 21, 1993




     Michigan Tax Free Portfolio
     24 Federal Street
     Boston, MA  02110


     Ladies and Gentlemen:

              With respect to our purchase from you, at the purchase price of
     $100,000, of an interest (an "Initial Interest") in Michigan Tax Free
     Portfolio (the "Portfolio"), we hereby advise you that we are purchasing
     such Initial Interest for investment purposes without any present
     intention of redeeming or reselling.

              The amount paid by the Portfolio on any withdrawal by us of any
     portion of such Initial Interest will be reduced by a portion of any
     unamortized organization expenses, determined by the proportion of the
     amount of such Initial Interest withdrawn to the aggregate Initial
     Interests of all holders of similar Initial Interests then outstanding
     after taking into account any prior withdrawals of any such Initial
     Interest.


                               Very truly yours,


                               EATON VANCE MUNICIPALS TRUST (on behalf of
                               Eaton Vance Michigan Tax Free Fund)


                               By    /s/James G. Baur                   
                                  --------------------------------------
                                     President
<PAGE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 6
<CIK> 0000892290
<NAME> MICHIGAN TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
<MULTIPLIER> 1000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JUL-31-1995
<PERIOD-END>                               JUL-31-1995
<INVESTMENTS-AT-COST>                           182067
<INVESTMENTS-AT-VALUE>                          186527
<RECEIVABLES>                                     3749
<ASSETS-OTHER>                                       7
<OTHER-ITEMS-ASSETS>                              2048
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  192331
<PAYABLE-FOR-SECURITIES>                           965
<SENIOR-LONG-TERM-DEBT>                              0
<OTHER-ITEMS-LIABILITIES>                          103
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES>                               1068
<SENIOR-EQUITY>                                      0
<PAID-IN-CAPITAL-COMMON>                             0
<SHARES-COMMON-STOCK>                                0
<SHARES-COMMON-PRIOR>                                0
<ACCUMULATED-NII-CURRENT>                       186667
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-NII>                               0
<ACCUMULATED-NET-GAINS>                              0
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-GAINS>                             0
<ACCUM-APPREC-OR-DEPREC>                          4596
<NET-ASSETS>                                    191263
<DIVIDEND-INCOME>                                    0
<INTEREST-INCOME>                                12314
<OTHER-INCOME>                                       0
<EXPENSES-NET>                                     936
<NET-INVESTMENT-INCOME>                          11378
<REALIZED-GAINS-CURRENT>                        (6232)
<APPREC-INCREASE-CURRENT>                         6947
<NET-CHANGE-FROM-OPS>                            12093
<EQUALIZATION>                                       0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-INCOME>                            0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-GAINS>                             0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OTHER>                                0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-SOLD>                              0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-REDEEMED>                          0
<SHARES-REINVESTED>                                  0
<NET-CHANGE-IN-ASSETS>                         (12769)
<ACCUMULATED-NII-PRIOR>                              0
<ACCUMULATED-GAINS-PRIOR>                            0
<OVERDISTRIB-NII-PRIOR>                              0
<OVERDIST-NET-GAINS-PRIOR>                           0
<GROSS-ADVISORY-FEES>                              856
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                  19
<GROSS-EXPENSE>                                    936
<AVERAGE-NET-ASSETS>                            194542
<PER-SHARE-NAV-BEGIN>                                0
<PER-SHARE-NII>                                      0
<PER-SHARE-GAIN-APPREC>                              0
<PER-SHARE-DIVIDEND>                                 0
<PER-SHARE-DISTRIBUTIONS>                            0
<RETURNS-OF-CAPITAL>                                 0
<PER-SHARE-NAV-END>                                  0
<EXPENSE-RATIO>                                      0
<AVG-DEBT-OUTSTANDING>                               0
<AVG-DEBT-PER-SHARE>                                 0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission